Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Немецкий
Украинский

the man who saved my life

Толкование Перевод

1 Lebensretter

m, Lebensretterin f rescuer, lifesaver; mein Lebensretter / meine Lebensretterin auch the man who saved my life / the woman who saved my life, my savio(u)r

* * *

der Lebensretter

life-saver

* * *
Le|bens|ret|ter(in)
m(f)
rescuer
du bist mein Lébensretter — you've saved my life

* * *

Le·bens·ret·ter(in)

m(f)

1. (zur Rettung Ausgebildeter) rescuer

2. (jd, der jds Leben rettet) life-saver

mein \Lebensretter! you saved my life!

* * *

der rescuer

sein Lebensretter — the person who saved his life

* * *

Lebensretter m, Lebensretterin f rescuer, lifesaver;

mein Lebensretter/meine Lebensretterin auch the man who saved my life/the woman who saved my life, my savio(u)r

* * *

der rescuer

sein Lebensretter — the person who saved his life

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Lebensretter
2 save

1. transitive verb
1) (rescue) retten ( from vor + Dat.)

please, save me! — bitte helfen Sie mir!

save somebody from the clutches of the enemy/from making a mistake — jemanden aus den Klauen des Feindes retten/davor bewahren, dass er einen Fehler macht

save oneself from falling — sich [beim Hinfallen] fangen

save the day — die Situation retten

somebody can't do something to save his/her life — jemand kann etwas [ganz] einfach nicht tun

2) (keep undamaged) schonen [Kleidung, Möbelstück]

3)

God save the King/Queen — etc. Gott behüte od. beschütze den König/die Königin usw.

4) (Theol.) retten [Sünder, Seele, Menschen]

be past saving — nicht mehr zu retten sein

5) (put aside) aufheben; sparen [Geld]; sammeln [Rabattmarken, Briefmarken]; (conserve) sparsam umgehen mit [Geldmitteln, Kräften, Wasser]

save money for a rainy day — (fig.) einen Notgroschen zurücklegen

save oneself — sich schonen; seine Kräfte sparen

save one's breath — sich (Dat.) seine Worte sparen

save a seat for somebody — jemandem einen Platz freihalten

6) (make unnecessary) sparen [Geld, Zeit, Energie]

save somebody/ oneself something — jemandem/sich etwas ersparen

save somebody/oneself doing something or having to do something — es jemandem/sich ersparen, etwas tun zu müssen

7) (avoid losing) nicht verlieren [Satz, Karte, Stich]; (Sport) abwehren [Schuss, Ball]; verhindern [Tor]

8) (Computing) speichern; sichern

save something on a disc — etwas auf Diskette abspeichern
2. intransitive verb
1) (put money by) sparen

save with a building society — bei einer Bausparkasse sparen

2) (avoid waste) sparen (on Akk.)

save on food — am Essen sparen

3) (Sport) [Torwart:] halten
3. noun
(Sport) Abwehr, die; Parade, die (fachspr.)

make a save — [Torwart:] halten
4. preposition
(arch./poet./rhet.) mit Ausnahme (+ Gen.)

save for something — von etwas abgesehen

Phrasal Verbs:

- academic.ru/91209/save_up">save up

* * *
I 1. [seiv] verb
1) (to rescue or bring out of danger: He saved his friend from drowning; The house was burnt but he saved the pictures.) retten

2) (to keep (money etc) for future use: He's saving (his money) to buy a bicycle; They're saving for a house.) sparen

3) (to prevent the using or wasting of (money, time, energy etc): Frozen foods save a lot of trouble; I'll telephone and that will save me writing a letter.) ersparen

4) (in football etc, to prevent the opposing team from scoring a goal: The goalkeeper saved six goals.) abwehren

5) (to free from the power of sin and evil.) erlösen

6) (to keep data in the computer.)
2. noun
((in football etc) an act of preventing the opposing team from scoring a goal.) abwehren

- saver
- saving
- savings
- saviour
- saving grace
- savings account
- savings bank
- save up II [seiv] preposition, conjunction
(except: All save him had gone; We have no news save that the ship reached port safely.) außer

* * *

save

[seɪv]

I. vt

1. (rescue)

▪ to \save sb/sth [from sth] jdn/etw [vor etw dat] retten

to \save the day [or situation] die Situation retten

to \save sb's life jdm das Leben retten

to \save one's marriage seine Ehe retten

to \save the match das Spiel retten

to \save one's own skin [or hide] ( usu pej) die eigene Haut retten

to \save sb's soul jds Seele retten

2. NAUT

▪ to \save sth etw bergen

3. (keep from danger)

▪ to \save sb/sth jdn/etw schützen

God \save the Queen Gott erhalte die Königin

▪ to \save sb from himself/herself jdn vor sich dat selbst schützen

4. (keep for future use)

▪ to \save sth etw aufheben

I \save all my old letters in case I want to read them again ich hebe all meine alten Briefe auf, falls ich sie wieder einmal lesen möchte

to \save money Geld sparen

5. (collect)

▪ to \save sth etw sammeln

to \save coins/stamps Münzen/Briefmarken sammeln

6. (avoid wasting)

to \save energy Energie sparen

to \save one's eyes seine Augen schonen

to \save oneself sich akk schonen

she's saving herself for the right man sie spart sich für den richtigen Mann auf

to \save one's strength mit seinen Kräften haushalten

to \save time Zeit sparen

we didn't \save much time by taking the short cut wir haben nicht viel Zeit gewonnen, indem wir die Abkürzung genommen haben

to \save sth for posterity etw der Nachwelt erhalten

7. (reserve)

▪ to \save sb sth [or to \save sth for sb] jdm etw aufheben

I'll be home late — can you \save me some dinner? ich werde spät heimkommen — kannst du mir was vom Abendessen aufheben?

\save a dance for me reserviere mir einen Tanz

\save me a place at your table, will you? halte mir doch bitte einen Platz an deinem Tisch frei, ja?

\save my seat — I'll be back in five minutes halte meinen Platz frei — ich bin in fünf Minuten wieder da

8. (spare)

▪ to \save sb sth jdm etw ersparen

thanks for your help — it \saved me a lot of work danke für deine Hilfe — das hat mir viel Arbeit erspart

I'll lend you a bag, it'll \save you buying one ich leihe dir einen Beutel, dann brauchst du dir keinen zu kaufen

the tax changes \save me £9 a week durch die Steueränderungen spare ich 9 Pfund pro Woche

9. COMPUT

to \save data Daten sichern [o abspeichern

10. SPORT

to \save a goal ein Tor verhindern

to \save a penalty kick einen Strafstoß abwehren

11.

▶ to \save appearances den Schein wahren

▶ to \save sb's bacon [or neck] jds Hals retten

▶ to \save one's breath sich dat seine Worte sparen

▶ to \save face das Gesicht wahren

▶ to \save one's life:

Samantha is tone deaf — she can't carry a tune to \save her life Samantha hat kein Gehör für Töne — sie kann beim besten Willen keine Melodie halten

▶ a stitch in time \saves nine ( prov) was du heute kannst besorgen, das verschiebe nicht auf morgen prov

II. vi

1. (keep for the future) sparen

I \save with the Cooperative Bank ich habe ein Sparkonto bei der Cooperative Bank

to \save for a new car/holiday/house für [o auf] ein neues Auto/einen Urlaub/ein Haus sparen

2. (conserve sth)

▪ to \save on sth bei etw dat sparen

it was a warm winter, so we \saved on electricity es war ein warmer Winter, da haben wir Strom gespart

3. AM (keep) food sich akk halten

III. n (in football) Abwehr f

the goalkeeper made a great \save in the last minute of the match der Torhüter bot eine großartige Parade in der letzten Spielminute

IV. prep ( form) außer + dat

they found all the documents \save one sie fanden alle Dokumente bis auf ein[e]s

▪ \save for... außer + dat...

the house was in good shape \save for the roof das Haus war bis auf das Dach in gutem Zustand

* * *
I [seɪv]
1. n (FTBL ETC)
Ballabwehr f
what a save! — eine tolle Parade!

he made a fantastic save — er hat den Ball prima abgewehrt or gehalten

2. vt

1) (= rescue REL ALSO) retten

to save sb from sth — jdn vor etw (dat) retten

to save sb from disaster/ruin — jdn vor einer Katastrophe/dem Ruin bewahren or retten

he saved me from falling/making that mistake — er hat mich davor bewahrt hinzufallen/den Fehler zu machen

to save sth from sth — etw aus etw retten

his goal saved the match — sein Tor hat das Spiel gerettet or herausgerissen (inf)

to save the day — die Rettung sein

God save the Queen —

to save a building for posterity — ein Gebäude der Nachwelt erhalten

to be saved by the bell (inf) — gerade noch einmal davonkommen

or butt ( US inf ) — seinen Kopf retten

or butt ( US inf ) — jdn rauspauken (inf), jdn retten

2) (= put by) aufheben, aufbewahren, aufsparen; money sparen; (= collect) stamps etc sammeln

save some of the cake for me — lass mir etwas Kuchen übrig

save me a seat — halte mir einen Platz frei

save it for later, I'm busy now (inf) — spar dirs für später auf, ich habe jetzt zu tun (inf)

save it! (inf) — spar dir das! (inf)

to save the best for last — das Beste bis zum Schluss aufheben

3) (= avoid using up) fuel, time, space, money sparen; (= spare) strength, eyes, battery schonen; (= save up) strength, fuel etc aufsparen

that will save you £20 a week — dadurch sparen Sie £ 20 die Woche

going by plane will save you four hours on the train journey —

you don't save much by taking this short cut — Sie gewinnen nicht viel, wenn Sie diese Abkürzung nehmen

he's saving himself for the big match — er schont sich für das große Spiel

he's saving himself for the right woman — er spart sich für die Richtige auf

4) (= prevent) bother, trouble ersparen

at least it saved the rain coming in it'll save a lot of hard work if we... — es hat wenigstens den Regen abgehalten es erspart uns (dat) sehr viel Mühe, wenn wir...

it saved us having to do it again — das hat es uns (dat) erspart, es noch einmal machen zu müssen

I've been saved a lot of expense — mir blieben or mir wurden sehr viel Ausgaben erspart

5) goal verhindern; shot, penalty halten

well saved! — gut gehalten!

6) (COMPUT) speichern

to save as — speichern unter

to save sth to disk — etw auf Diskette ( ab)speichern or sichern

3. vi

1) (with money) sparen

to save for sth — für or auf etw (acc) sparen

2) (inf: keep food) sich halten; (news) warten können

3) (COMPUT)

the file won't save — die Datei lässt sich nicht sichern or abspeichern
II
1. prep
außer +dat
2. conj

1) (old, liter) es sei denn (geh)

2)

save that — nur dass

* * *

save¹ [seıv]

A v/t

1. (er)retten ( from vor dat):

save sb’s life jemandem das Leben retten;

the man who saved my life mein Lebensretter;

save sb from drowning jemanden vor dem Ertrinken retten; → bacon, life Bes Redew

2. SCHIFF bergen

3. bewahren, schützen ( beide:

from vor dat):

God save the queen Gott erhalte die Königin;

save the situation die Situation retten; → appearance Bes Redew, face A 6, harmless 2

4. Geld etc sparen, einsparen:

I saved £100 on this car ich sparte bei diesem Wagen 100 Pfund ein;

save fuel Treibstoff sparen;

save time Zeit gewinnen

5. auch save up aufbewahren, -heben, (auf)sparen:

save sth for sb jemandem etwas aufheben;

save it! sl geschenkt!; → breath 1

6. auch die Augen schonen, schonend oder sparsam umgehen mit:

save o.s. (one’s strength) for sth sich (seine Kräfte) für etwas schonen

7. jemandem eine Mühe etc ersparen:

save sb the trouble of doing sth jemandem die Mühe ersparen, etwas zu tun

8. REL (from) retten (aus), erlösen (von)

9. ausnehmen:

(God) save the mark! iron verzeihen Sie die Bemerkung!;

save ( oder saving) your presence ( oder reverence) mit Verlaub

10. auch save up Geld sparen

11. COMPUT Daten speichern ( onto auf akk), abspeichern

12. SPORT

a) ein Tor verhindern

b) einen Schuss etc halten, parieren, auch einen Matchball etc abwehren:

he didn’t have to save a single shot er bekam keinen einzigen Schuss zu halten

B v/i

1. auch save up sparen ( for für, auf akk):

save as you earn Br staatlich gefördertes Sparen durch monatliche Abbuchung eines bestimmten Betrages vom Lohn- od Gehaltskonto

2. SPORT retten ( from gegen), halten

3. US sich halten (Lebensmittel)

C s SPORT Parade f:

make a brilliant save hervorragend parieren

save² [seıv] präp & konj obs oder poet außer (dat), mit Ausnahme von (oder gen), ausgenommen (nom), abgesehen von:

all save him alle außer ihm;

save for bis auf (akk);

save that … abgesehen davon, dass …; nur, dass …

* * *
1. transitive verb
1) (rescue) retten ( from vor + Dat.)

please, save me! — bitte helfen Sie mir!

save somebody from the clutches of the enemy/from making a mistake — jemanden aus den Klauen des Feindes retten/davor bewahren, dass er einen Fehler macht

save oneself from falling — sich [beim Hinfallen] fangen

save the day — die Situation retten

somebody can't do something to save his/her life — jemand kann etwas [ganz] einfach nicht tun

2) (keep undamaged) schonen [Kleidung, Möbelstück]

3)

God save the King/Queen — etc. Gott behüte od. beschütze den König/die Königin usw.

4) (Theol.) retten [Sünder, Seele, Menschen]

be past saving — nicht mehr zu retten sein

5) (put aside) aufheben; sparen [Geld]; sammeln [Rabattmarken, Briefmarken]; (conserve) sparsam umgehen mit [Geldmitteln, Kräften, Wasser]

save money for a rainy day — (fig.) einen Notgroschen zurücklegen

save oneself — sich schonen; seine Kräfte sparen

save one's breath — sich (Dat.) seine Worte sparen

save a seat for somebody — jemandem einen Platz freihalten

6) (make unnecessary) sparen [Geld, Zeit, Energie]

save somebody/ oneself something — jemandem/sich etwas ersparen

save somebody/oneself doing something or having to do something — es jemandem/sich ersparen, etwas tun zu müssen

7) (avoid losing) nicht verlieren [Satz, Karte, Stich]; (Sport) abwehren [Schuss, Ball]; verhindern [Tor]

8) (Computing) speichern; sichern

save something on a disc — etwas auf Diskette abspeichern
2. intransitive verb
1) (put money by) sparen

save with a building society — bei einer Bausparkasse sparen

2) (avoid waste) sparen (on Akk.)

save on food — am Essen sparen

3) (Sport) [Torwart:] halten
3. noun
(Sport) Abwehr, die; Parade, die (fachspr.)

make a save — [Torwart:] halten
4. preposition
(arch./poet./rhet.) mit Ausnahme (+ Gen.)

save for something — von etwas abgesehen

Phrasal Verbs:

- save up

* * *

adv.

ausgenommen adv.

außer adv. v.

abspeichern v.

aufbewahren v.

bewahren v.

einsparen v.

retten v.

sichern v.

sparen v.

English-german dictionary > save
3 Lebensretterin

Le|bens|ret|ter(in)
m(f)
rescuer
du bist mein Lébensretter — you've saved my life

* * *

Lebensretter m, Lebensretterin f rescuer, lifesaver;

mein Lebensretter/meine Lebensretterin auch the man who saved my life/the woman who saved my life, my savio(u)r

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Lebensretterin
4 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
5 salvar

v.

1 to save (librar de peligro).

nos salvó del peligro he saved us from danger

Ella salva la situación She saves the situation.

María salva a Ricardo Mary saves Richard.

El tipo salva la información The guy saves=saves to disk the information.

La fe redimió a Ricardo Faith redeemed Richard.

2 to rescue.

3 to overcome (superar) (dificultad).

4 to cover.

5 to bridge.

* * *

salvar

► verbo transitivo

1 (librar de peligro) to save, rescue

2 (barco) to salvage

3 (honor, ruina) to save

4 (obstáculo) to clear

5 (dificultad) to overcome, get round

6 (distancia) to cover

7 (atravesar) to cross, span

8 (exceptuar) to exclude, except

► verbo pronominal salvarse

1 (sobrevivir) to survive, come out alive

2 (escaparse) to escape (de, from)

3 RELIGIÓN to be saved, save one's soul

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

salvarse por los pelos familiar to have a narrow escape, get away by the skin of one's teeth

¡sálvese quien pueda! every man for himself!

* * *

verb

1) to save

2) overcome

3) cover

•

- salvarse

* * *

1. VT

1) [de un peligro] to save

me salvó la vida — he saved my life

los bomberos nos salvaron del fuego — the firemen saved us from the blaze

apenas salvaron nada del incendio — they hardly managed to salvage anything from the fire

me has salvado de tener que sentarme con ese pesado — you saved me (from) having to sit next to that old bore

2) (Rel) to save

3) (Inform) to save

4) (=evitar) [+ dificultad, obstáculo] to get round, overcome; [+ montaña, río, barrera] to cross; [+ rápidos] to shoot

5) frm [+ distancia] to cover

el tren salva la distancia en dos horas — the train covers o does the distance in two hours

6) (=exceptuando)

salvando: salvando algún detalle, la traducción está muy bien — apart from a few minor details, the translation is very good
distancia 1)
7) frm [+ altura] to rise above

8) Cono Sur [+ examen] to pass

2.

See:

salvarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) (de la muerte, de un peligro) to save

lograron salvarle la vida — they managed to save her life

salvar algo/a alguien DE algo — to save something/somebody from something

salvó al niño de perecer ahogado — she saved the child from drowning

b) (fam) ( librar) to save

salvar a alguien DE algo — to save somebody from something

c) (Relig) to save

2)

a) <dificultad/obstáculo> to overcome

b) < distancia> to cover

c) (Per, Ur) < examen> to pass
2.
salvarse v pron

a) (de la muerte, de un peligro)

sólo se salvaron tres personas — only three people got out alive, only three people survived

sálvese quien pueda! — every man for himself!

salvarse DE algo — to escape from something

b) (fam) ( librarse)

de la familia, el único que se salva es Alejandro — the only one of the family who's all right is Alejandro

sólo se salva él porque no lo sabía — he's the only one who can be excused because he didn't know

salvarse DE algo: se salvó de hacer el servicio militar — he got out of doing his military service

c) (Relig) to be saved

* * *

= circumvent, save, redeem, salvage, hold together.

Ex. Plainly, the familiarization stage is circumvented in a computer-based indexing system with machine-assigned terms.

Ex. Whenever this code is entered, the system saves the document or list of documents being displayed and displays a summary of the documents saved up to that point.

Ex. Eliot somehow suggests that a mix of blood and electricity might yet redeem the petty materialism of the modern world that he had previously seen only as a wasteland.

Ex. It details steps to be taken to salvage discs which have been damaged by spilled substances such as coffee with cream and sugar, Classic Coke, hamburger and french fries, and hand cream.

Ex. The organization was trembling on the brink of financial disaster, and only the journal, American Documentation, was holding it together.

----

* salvado por la campana = saved by the bell.

* salvado por los pelos = saved by the bell.

* salvar el mundo = save + the world.

* salvar la división = bridge + the divide.

* salvar las distancias = bridge + the gap, bridge + the divide, bridge + the chasm, bridge + the gulf.

* salvar la vida = save + life.

* salvar la vida de milagro = have + a close shave with death.

* salvar registros = download + records.

* salvarse de milagro = have + a narrow escape, have + a lucky escape, have + a close call, have + a close shave.

* salvarse por los pelos = have + a narrow escape, have + a lucky escape, have + a close call, have + a close shave.

* salvar un problema = circumvent + problem, negotiate + problem.

* sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.

* sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) (de la muerte, de un peligro) to save

lograron salvarle la vida — they managed to save her life

salvar algo/a alguien DE algo — to save something/somebody from something

salvó al niño de perecer ahogado — she saved the child from drowning

b) (fam) ( librar) to save

salvar a alguien DE algo — to save somebody from something

c) (Relig) to save

2)

a) <dificultad/obstáculo> to overcome

b) < distancia> to cover

c) (Per, Ur) < examen> to pass
2.
salvarse v pron

a) (de la muerte, de un peligro)

sólo se salvaron tres personas — only three people got out alive, only three people survived

sálvese quien pueda! — every man for himself!

salvarse DE algo — to escape from something

b) (fam) ( librarse)

de la familia, el único que se salva es Alejandro — the only one of the family who's all right is Alejandro

sólo se salva él porque no lo sabía — he's the only one who can be excused because he didn't know

salvarse DE algo: se salvó de hacer el servicio militar — he got out of doing his military service

c) (Relig) to be saved

* * *

= circumvent, save, redeem, salvage, hold together.

Ex: Plainly, the familiarization stage is circumvented in a computer-based indexing system with machine-assigned terms.

Ex: Whenever this code is entered, the system saves the document or list of documents being displayed and displays a summary of the documents saved up to that point.

Ex: Eliot somehow suggests that a mix of blood and electricity might yet redeem the petty materialism of the modern world that he had previously seen only as a wasteland.

Ex: It details steps to be taken to salvage discs which have been damaged by spilled substances such as coffee with cream and sugar, Classic Coke, hamburger and french fries, and hand cream.

Ex: The organization was trembling on the brink of financial disaster, and only the journal, American Documentation, was holding it together.

* salvado por la campana = saved by the bell.

* salvado por los pelos = saved by the bell.

* salvar el mundo = save + the world.

* salvar la división = bridge + the divide.

* salvar las distancias = bridge + the gap, bridge + the divide, bridge + the chasm, bridge + the gulf.

* salvar la vida = save + life.

* salvar la vida de milagro = have + a close shave with death.

* salvar registros = download + records.

* salvarse de milagro = have + a narrow escape, have + a lucky escape, have + a close call, have + a close shave.

* salvarse por los pelos = have + a narrow escape, have + a lucky escape, have + a close call, have + a close shave.

* salvar un problema = circumvent + problem, negotiate + problem.

* sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.

* sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.

* * *

salvar [A1 ]

vt

A

1 (de la muerte, de un peligro) to save

los médicos no consiguieron salvarlo the doctors were unable to save him

lograron salvarle la vida they managed to save her life

salvar algo/a algn DE algo to save sth/sb FROM sth

salvó al niño de perecer ahogado she saved the child from drowning

consiguieron salvar las joyas del incendio they managed to save o rescue the jewels from the fire

2 ( fam) (librar) to save salvar a algn DE algo to save sb FROM sth

me has salvado de tener que aguantar su discurso you've saved me from having to listen to his speech

3 ( Relig) to save

B

1 ‹dificultad/obstáculo› to overcome

2 ‹distancia› to cover ver tb distancia

3 (Per, Ur) ‹examen› to pass

C salvando ger (exceptuando) except for, excluding

salvando a los presentes present company excepted

■ salvarse

v pron

1

(de la muerte, de un peligro): sólo se salvaron tres personas only three people got out o escaped alive, only three people survived

¡sálvese quien pueda! every man for himself!

salvarse DE algo to escape FROM sth

se salvó de un terrible incendio she escaped from o survived a terrible fire

se salvaron de una muerte segura they escaped certain death

2 ( fam)

(librarse): de la familia, el único que se salva es Alejandro of the family, the only one who isn't ugly ( o stupid etc) is Alejandro, of the family, the only one who's all right is Alejandro

sólo se salva él porque no lo sabía you/we can't count him because he didn't know

salvarse DE algo:

se salvó de hacer el servicio militar he got out of doing his military service

3 ( Relig) to be saved

* * *

salvar ( conjugate salvar) verbo transitivo
1 ( en general) to save;
salvar algo/a algn DE algo to save sth/sb from sth
2
a) ‹dificultad/obstáculo› to overcome

b) ‹ distancia› to cover

c) (Per, Ur) ‹ examen› to pass

salvarse verbo pronominal
to survive;
◊ ¡sálvese quien pueda! every man for himself!;

salvarse DE algo ‹de accidente/incendio› to survive sth;
se salvaron de una muerte segura they escaped certain death
salvar verbo transitivo
1 (librar de un peligro) to save [de, from]
2 (conservar) no salvaron nada de la tormenta, they didn't save anything from the storm
3 Rel to save
4 (pasar un obstáculo) to cross
5 (superar una dificultad, un apuro) to overcome
6 (hacer una excepción) salvando a José, todos fueron castigados, except for José, everyone was punished
7 (recorrer una distancia) salvó 400 km en tres horas, she covered 400 km in three hours

' salvar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abismo
- pellejo
- rescatar
- sacar
English:
appearance
- clear
- cross
- day
- face
- face saving
- futile
- jump
- negotiate
- reprieve
- retrieve
- salvage
- save
- shoot
- wreckage
- bridge
- get
- pass
- rescue

* * *

salvar

♦ vt

1. [librar de peligro] to save;

nos salvó del peligro he saved us from danger;

la subvención los salvó de la ruina the subsidy saved them from ruin;

el portero salvó el gol en el último instante the goalkeeper saved the goal at the last moment;

me has salvado de tener que ir a visitarla you've saved me from having to go and visit her

2. [rescatar] to rescue;

salvaron todo lo que pudieron del edificio en llamas they rescued all they could from the blazing building

3. [superar] [dificultad] to overcome;
[obstáculo] to go over o around;
el caballo salvó el foso de un salto the horse jumped (across) the ditch;

un puente salva la distancia entre las dos orillas a bridge spans the river;

la atleta salvó los 2 metros the athlete cleared 2 metres

4. [recorrer] to cover;

salvaron la distancia entre las dos ciudades en tres días they covered the distance between the two cities in three days

5. [exceptuar]
salvando algunos detalles except for a few details;

salvando las distancias allowing for the obvious differences

6. Rel to save

7. Urug [aprobar] to pass

♦ See also the pronominal verb salvarse

* * *

salvar

v/t

1 vida, matrimonio save;

salvar la vida a alguien save s.o.’s life

2 obstáculo get round, get over

3 REL save

* * *

salvar vt

1) : to save, to rescue

2) : to cover (a distance)

3) : to get around (an obstacle), to overcome (a difficulty)

4) : to cross, to jump across

5)

salvando : except for, excluding

♦ See also the reflexive verb salvarse

* * *

salvar vb (en general) to save

el médico le salvó la vida the doctor saved her life

Spanish-English dictionary > salvar
6 dejar

v.

1 to leave, to put.

dejó los papeles en la mesa he put o left the papers on the table

deja el abrigo en la percha put your coat on the hanger

he dejado la moto muy cerca I've left o parked my motorbike nearby

Ricardo dejó a Ilse Richard left Ilse.

Fuss dejó a Ricardo en la escuela Fuss left=dropped off Richard at school.

Dejé mi trabajo anterior I left my former job.

Dejé el lugar limpio ó dejé limpio el lugar I left the place clean.

El viejo le dejó su dinero a su hijo The old man left his money to his son.

2 to leave (abandonar) (casa, trabajo, país).

dejar a alguien en algún sitio to drop somebody off somewhere (con el coche)

dejar algo por imposible to give something up as a lost cause

dejar a alguien atrás to leave somebody behind

su marido la ha dejado her husband has left her

te dejo, tengo que irme I have to leave you now, I must go

3 to leave out.

dejar algo por o sin hacer to fail to do something

dejó lo más importante por resolver he left the most important question unresolved

4 to forget (about).

¡déjame, que tengo trabajo! leave me alone, I'm busy!

déjame tranquilo o en paz leave me alone o in peace

déjalo, no importa forget it, it doesn't matter

5 to leave behind, to clear out of, to leave.

Missy dejó su bolso en su apuro Missy left behind her purse in the rush.

6 to be given, to inherit, to receive.

Se me dejó dinero en el testamento I was given money in the will.

7 to let, to allow to.

Dejé al perro salir a la calle I allowed the dog to go outside.

8 to be allowed to.

Se nos dejó ir We were allowed to go.

9 to be left.

Se nos dejó asombrados We were left astonished.

10 to quit, to give up, to abandon, to relinquish.

Ella dejó y se fue She quitted and left.

11 to lend, to lend out.

* * *

dejar

► verbo transitivo

1 (colocar) to leave, put

■ dejó unos tomates en la mesa he left some tomatoes on the table

2 (abandonar - persona, lugar) to leave; (- hábito, cosa, actividad) to give up

■ dejó el despacho a las ocho she left the office at eight o'clock

■ ha dejado a su mujer he has left his wife

■ dejó el tabaco he gave up smoking

3 (permitir) to allow, let

■ déjale jugar let him play

■ no nos dejaron ir allí we were not allowed go there

4 (prestar) to lend

■ me dejó su abrigo she lent me her coat

5 (ceder) to give

6 (producir dinero) to bring in, make

■ esta tienda deja un buen dinero this shop makes a lot of money

7 (producir humo, ceniza) to produce, leave

8 (esperar) to wait

■ deja que llegue wait till he arrives

9 (aplazar) to put off

■ dejémoslo hasta mañana let's leave it till tomorrow

10 (omitir) to leave out, omit

11 (causar un efecto) to make

■ me ha dejado nuevo I feel like a new man

■ le película me ha dejado triste the film made me sad

12 (legar) to bequeath, leave

► auxiliar

1 dejar de + inf (cesar - voluntariamente) to stop + gerund, give up + gerund; (- involuntariamente) to stop + gerund

■ ha dejado de llover it's stopped raining

■ dejó de fumar he gave up smoking

2 no dejar de + inf not to fail to + inf

■ no deja de sorprenderme she never fails to surprise me

■ no dejes de hacerlo don't forget to do it

■ no deja de molestarme she's always annoying me

3 dejar + past participle

■ dejó dicho que vendría mañana he left a message that he would come tomorrow

■ lo dejó escrito en su agenda he wrote it down in his diary

► verbo pronominal dejarse

1 (abandonarse) to neglect oneself, let oneself go

2 (olvidar) to forget, leave behind

■ me he dejado las llaves en casa I've left my keys at home

3 (permitir) to let oneself, allow oneself to

■ se dejó pegar he let himself be hit

► verbo pronominal dejarse de

1 (cesar) to stop

■ déjate de llorar stop crying

■ déjate de tonterías don't be silly

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dejar algo por imposible to give up on something

dejar caer to drop

dejar en paz to leave alone

dejar frío,-a figurado to leave cold

dejar mal a alguien to make somebody look bad

dejar plantado,-a a alguien to stand somebody up

dejar preocupado,-a to worry

dejarse caer to drop, fall 2 (en casa de alguien) to drop in

■ déjate caer por mi casa cuando puedas drop in whenever you can

dejarse llevar por alguien to be influenced by somebody

dejarse llevar por algo to get carried away with something

dejarse oír (gen) to be heard 2 (gritar) to make oneself heard

dejarse sentir el frío/verano/invierno to feel the cold/summer/winter

■ se deja sentir el invierno one can feel that winter's here

* * *

verb

1) to leave

2) abandon

3) give up

4) let

5) allow, permit

•

- dejar de
- dejarse
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=poner, soltar) to leave

he dejado las llaves en la mesa — I've left the keys on the table

se lo dejo en la conserjería — I'll leave it for you at the porter's office

dejé 1.500 euros de entrada — I put down 1,500 euros as a deposit

podemos dejarle los niños a mi madre si salimos — we can leave the children with my mother if we go out

• dejar algo [aparte] — to leave sth aside

• dejar [atrás] — [+ corredor, vehículo adelantado, competidor] to leave behind

dejó atrás a los demás corredores — he left the other runners behind

se vino de Holanda, dejando atrás a su familia — he came over from Holland, leaving his family behind

dejar a algn muy atrás — to leave sb a long way behind

• dejar algo a un [lado] — to set sth aside

2) [al desaparecer, morir] to leave

el agua ha dejado una mancha en la pared — the water has left a stain on the wall

te deja un sabor demasiado dulce después de comerlo — it leaves a sickly aftertaste in your mouth

dejó todo su dinero a sus hijos — he left all his money to his children

dejó dos niñas pequeñas — she left two small girls

deja escritas tres novelas — he leaves three completed novels behind

3) (=guardar)

¿me habéis dejado algo de tarta? — have you left {o} saved me some cake?

deja algo de dinero para cuando lo necesites — put some money aside for when you need it

4) (=abandonar)

a) [+ actividad, empleo] to give up

dejó el esquí después del accidente — he gave up skiing after the accident

ha dejado los estudios por el fútbol — he has given up his studies to pursue a career in football

lo dejamos porque era muy difícil — we gave up because it was too hard

lo dejamos por imposible — we gave it up as being impossible

• dejar la [bebida] — to give up drink, stop drinking

b) [+ persona, lugar] to leave

dejaron al niño en la puerta de una iglesia — they left the child outside a church

su novio la ha dejado — her boyfriend has left her

dejé su casa al amanecer — I left his house at dawn

c) [en coche] to drop off

¿te dejo en tu casa? — shall I drop you off at your place?

5) (=no molestar)

deja ya el ordenador, que lo vas a romper — leave the computer alone, you're going to break it

déjame, quiero estar solo — leave me be, I want to be alone

¡déjalo! — (=¡no hagas eso!) stop it!; (=no te preocupes) forget it!, don't worry about it!

• dejar [así] las cosas — to leave things as they are

dejémoslo así — let's leave it at that

• ¡déjame [en paz]!, ¡déjame [tranquilo]! — leave me alone!

6) (=posponer)

• dejar algo [para] — to leave sth till

dejar algo para mañana — to leave sth till tomorrow

dejar algo para después — to leave sth till later

he dejado el italiano para cuando tenga más tiempo — I've put off learning Italian till I have more time

7) (=prestar) to lend

le dejé mi libro de física — I lent him my physics book

¿me dejas diez euros? — can you lend me ten euros?

¿me dejas el coche? — can I borrow the car?, will you lend me the car?

8) (=permitir) + infin to let

mis padres no me dejan salir de noche — my parents won't let me go out at night

quiero pero no me dejan — I want to but they won't let me

dejar entrar a algn — to let sb in

dejar pasar a algn — to let sb through {o} past

dejar salir a algn — to let sb out
dejar que ({+ subjun})
dejar que las cosas vayan de mal en peor — to let things go {o} allow things to go from bad to worse

9) [indicando resultado]
+ adj
dejó la ventana abierta — she left the window open

lo ha dejado muy triste — it has left him very sad

me dejó confundido — she left me confused, she confused me

nos dejó a todos asombrados — he stunned us all

hay algo que quiero dejar bien claro — there is one thing I want to make perfectly clear

dejaron el jardín tal como estaba — they left the garden as it was

• dejar algo [como nuevo], me han dejado el abrigo como nuevo — my coat was as good as new when it came back from them

esa ducha me ha dejado como nueva — I feel like a different person after that shower

10) (=producir)
[+ dinero]
el negocio le deja lo justo para vivir — the business brings in just enough for him to live on

ese fondo de inversión apenas me deja intereses — that investment fund barely pays any interest

11) dejar que (=esperar)

deja que acabe de llover — wait for it to stop raining

dejaron que pasara el temporal antes de zarpar — they waited for the storm to pass before setting sail

deja que me toque la lotería y verás — just wait till I win the lottery, then you'll see

12) (=omitir) to leave out, forget

2.

VERBO INTRANSITIVO [con una actividad]

deja, ya lo hago yo — leave it, I'll do it

deja, yo lo pago — no {o} it's all right, I'll pay for it
dejar de hacer algo [por un momento] to stop doing sth; [por una temporada] to give up doing sth, stop doing sth
cuando deje de llover — when it stops raining, when the rain stops

¡déja de hacer eso! — stop that!

yo dejé de ir hace muchos años — I gave up {o} stopped going years ago

no puedo dejar de fumar — I can't give up {o} stop smoking

cuando murió su padre dejó de comer — when her father died she stopped eating {o} she went off her food
no dejar de ({+ infin})
no deja de preguntarme por ti — he's always asking me about you

eso no deja de tener gracia — it has its funny side

no deja de ser raro que no haya venido — it's rather odd that she hasn't come

no por eso deja de ser una tontería lo que has dicho — that doesn't change the fact that what you said was stupid

no puedo dejar de asombrarme — I can't help being astonished

no dejes de visitarlos — don't fail to visit them, make sure you visit them

no dejes de comprar el billete — make sure you buy the ticket

3.

See:

dejarse
DEJAR Dejar en el sentido de prestar se puede traducir al inglés empleando borrow o lend. Borrow se usa cuando el sujeto es quien pide (significa tomar prestado) y lend cuando el sujeto es quien da (significa dejar prestado): ¿Me dejas tus botas de esquiar? Can I borrow your ski boots? o Can you lend me your ski boots? ¿Me podrías dejar tu reloj? Could I borrow your watch? o Could you lend me your watch? NOTA: Borrow y lend no se utilizan normalmente con cosas que no pueden trasladarse de un sitio a otro: ¿Me dejas tu casa de campo este fin de semana? Can I use your house in the country this weekend? Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( en lugar determinado) to leave

lo dejé en recepción/en la mesa — I left it in reception/on the table

dejó a los niños en el colegio — she dropped the children (off) at school

dejar un recado — to leave a message

dejar un depósito — to put down a deposit

¿cuánto se deja de propina? — how much do you leave as a tip?

deja ese cuchillo — put that knife down

déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa — leave her alone, it wasn't her fault

dejar mucho que desear — to leave a great deal to be desired

b) ( olvidar) to leave

dejé el paraguas en el tren — I left my umbrella on the train

déjalo! — forget it!

c) ( como herencia) to leave

2)

a) <marca/mancha/huella> to leave

deja un gusto amargo en la boca — it leaves a bitter taste in the mouth

b) < ganancia> to produce

el negocio dejó pérdidas — the business made a loss

3) ( abandonar) <novia/marido> to leave; < familia> to leave, abandon; < trabajo> to give up, leave; < lugar> to leave

quiere dejar el ballet — he wants to give up ballet dancing

4) (+ compl)

a) ( en cierto estado) to leave

dejé la ventana abierta — I left the window open

dejar las luces apagadas — to leave the lights off

su muerte los dejó en la miseria — his death left them in absolute poverty

su respuesta me dejó boquiabierta — I was astonished by her reply

el golpe lo dejó inconsciente — the blow knocked him unconscious

me dejó esperando afuera — she left me waiting outside

el avión/bus nos dejó — (Col, Ven) we missed the plane/bus

déjame en paz! — leave me alone!

me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos — he let me have it for 1,000 pesos

quiero dejar esto bien claro — I want to make this quite clear

dejó atrás a los otros corredores — she left the other runners behind

dejar algo/a alguien estar — to let something/somebody be (colloq), to leave something/somebody alone; lado 5)

b) (CS)

dejar algo dicho — to leave a message

5)

a) ( posponer) leave

no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora — don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now

b) (reservar, guardar) <espacio/margen> to leave

deja un poco para los demás — leave some for other people

deja tus chistes para otro momento — save your jokes for some other time

Sentido II

6) ( permitir)

dejar algo/a alguien + inf — to let something/somebody + inf

déjalo entrar/salir — let it/him in/out

deja correr el agua — let the water run

¿me dejas ir? — will you let me go?

dejar que algo/alguien + subj — to let somebody/something + inf

dejó que lo eligiera ella — he let her choose

déjame que te ayude — let me help you

no dejes que se queme la carne — don't let the meat burn

dejar que espese la salsa — allow the sauce to thicken

deja que se tranquilice un poco — let him calm down a bit

7)

a)

dejar paso — to make way

hay que dejar paso a las nuevas ideas — we have to make way for new ideas

b)

dejar caer — < objeto> to drop; < comentario> to let... drop

dejó caer la noticia de que se casaba — she let it drop that she was getting married
2.
dejar de

a) ( cesar)

dejar de + inf — to stop -ing

deja de llorar/importunarme — stop crying/bothering me

dejar de fumar — to give up smoking

b) (omitir, no hacer)

dejar de + inf: no dejes de escribirme en cuanto llegues make sure you write as soon as you get there; no dejes de recordarles que... be sure to remind them that...; es algo que no deja de sorprenderme — it's something I still find surprising
3.
dejarse v pron

1)

a) ( abandonarse) to let oneself go

b)

dejarse + inf: se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him; se deja convencer fácilmente he's easily persuaded; dejarse llevar por la música to let oneself be carried along by the music; no te dejes, tú también pégale (AmL exc RPl) don't just take it, hit him back (colloq); nunca te dejas ver we never seem to see you; dejarse estar (AmL): no te dejes estar you'd better do something; si nos dejamos estar vamos a perder el contrato — if we don't get our act together we'll lose the contract

2) <barba/bigote> to grow

quiero dejarme el pelo largo — I want to grow my hair long

3) (esp Esp fam) ( olvidar) to leave

me dejé el dinero en casa — I left my/the money at home

4) dejarse de (fam)

a ver si se dejan de hablar — why don't you stop talking?

déjate de lamentaciones/de rodeos — stop complaining/beating about the bush

* * *

= cease, dump, leave, let, forsake, put down, drop off, maroon, flake out, let + go of, go + cold turkey, leave off, walk out on.

Ex. After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.

Ex. The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.

Ex. Many libraries are reluctant to reclassify stock and many libraries leave stock classified according to earlier editions long after the earlier edition has been superseded.

Ex. If the user does not know what the answer is, he stops the command chain at that point, lets the system show an intermediate display for guidance, and then continues his work.

Ex. Indeed, she was delighted to forsake the urban reality of steel and glass, traffic and crime, aspirin and litter, for the sort of over-the-fence friendliness of the smaller city.

Ex. The implication is that these are books to be picked up, looked at, leafed through and put down again.

Ex. That they received regular visits from people who dropped off packages on a regular basis along with money.

Ex. A seemingly simple tale of schoolboys marooned on an island, the novel 'Lord of the Flies' is an enigmatic and provocative piece of literature.

Ex. The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.

Ex. For one, large areas of city were in the hands of the Mafia, who was not eager to let got of their vested interests.

Ex. Judging by the critical responses to the article so far, it looks like the world isn't quite ready to go cold turkey on its religion addiction.

Ex. This book takes up the thread where Volume One left off.

Ex. There are many thankless jobs in this world, but does that mean you can just walk out on them for your own selfish reasons?.

----

* como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a Alguien atónito = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.

* dejar a Alguien boquiabierto = leave + Nombre + gagging, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).

* dejar a Alguien colgado = hang + Nombre + out to dry.

* dejar a Alguien embarazada = knock + Alguien + up.

* dejar a Alguien en estado = knock + Alguien + up.

* dejar a Alguien en la cuneta = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.

* dejar a Alguien en la estacada = leave + Alguien + in the lurch, hang + Nombre + out to dry.

* dejar a Alguien en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* dejar a Alguien estupefacto = leave + Nombre + speechless, astound, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).

* dejar a Alguien inconsciente = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* dejar a Alguien patidifuso = make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).

* dejar a Alguien plantado = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.

* dejar a Alguien preñada = knock + Alguien + up.

* dejar a Alguien que se las apañe como pueda = leave + Alguien + to sink or swim.

* dejar a Alguien que se las apañe solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.

* dejar a Alguien que se las arregle solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.

* dejar a Alguien sin aliento = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.

* dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* dejar a Alguien sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.

* dejar a Alguien sin un duro = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.

* dejar a la buena de Dios = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.

* dejar a la posteridad = bequeath to + posterity.

* dejar al descubierto = lay + bare.

* dejar Algo a la suerte = leave + Nombre + to chance.

* dejar Algo al azar = leave + Nombre + to chance.

* dejar Algo al criterio de Alguien = leave + Nombre + up to.

* dejar Algo aparcado = put + Nombre + on ice, put + Nombre + on mothballs.

* dejar Algo completamente destrozado = leave + Nombre + in shambles.

* dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.

* dejar a oscuras = cut out + light.

* dejar aparte = leave + aside.

* dejar a + Posesivo + suerte = strand.

* dejar a su aire = leave to + Reflexivo, leave + unchecked.

* dejar atónito = stun, astound.

* dejar atrás = leave + behind, outstrip, outpace, outdistance, leave + Nombre + behind, leave by + the wayside, move on from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar bastante que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.

* dejar caer = drop, dump.

* dejar caer insinuaciones = throw + hints.

* dejar caer un indirecta = drop + a hint.

* dejar ciego = blind.

* dejar claro = make + it + clear, hammer + home + message, make + plain, send + a clear signal that.

* dejar claro que = make + the point that.

* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.

* dejar con el culo al aire = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.

* dejar constancia de = record.

* dejar de = cease to, relax + the grip on.

* dejar de actualizar el catálogo = close down + catalogue.

* dejar de circular = drop out of + circulation.

* dejar de existir = be no more.

* dejar de fumar = stop + smoking, quit + smoking, smoking cessation.

* dejar de funcionar = go down, cease to + function, go + belly up, flake out, go + dead, pack up.

* dejar de gustar = go off.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar de hacer sufrir = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.

* dejar de + Infinitivo = skip + Gerundio, give up + Gerundio, stop + Gerundio.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* dejar de percatarse de = become + blind to.

* dejar de pie = leave + standing.

* dejar de publicarse = cease + publication.

* dejar de remar = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* dejar desamparado = leave + Nombre + out in the cold, leave + unprotected.

* dejar de ser actual = date.

* dejar de ser popular = outlive + Posesivo + popularity.

* dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.

* dejar desguarnecido = leave + unprotected.

* dejar de sonreír = extinguish + smile.

* dejar desprotegido = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre + out in the cold.

* dejar desvalido = leave + unprotected.

* dejar de trabajar temporalmente = career break.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejar dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* dejar el agua correr = let bygones be bygones.

* dejar el hábito = kick + the habit.

* dejar el nido = fly + the nest, leave + the nest.

* dejar el puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post.

* dejar el trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post, quit + Posesivo + job, jump + ship.

* dejar en adobo = marinade.

* dejar en blanco = leave + blank.

* dejar encargado = leave in + charge.

* dejar en el dique seco = mothball.

* dejar en evidencia = call + Posesivo + bluff.

* dejar en garantía = pledge.

* dejar en herencia = bequeath.

* dejar en la cuneta = ditch.

* dejar en la estacada = leave + Nombre + high and dry, be left out on a limb.

* dejar en libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dejar en prenda = pledge.

* dejar en remojo = steep.

* dejar en ridículo = make + a joke of, put + Nombre + to shame.

* dejar en segundo plano = overshadow.

* dejar en suspenso = put into + abeyance.

* dejar en testamento = will.

* dejar entrever = provide + a glimpse of, hint, insinuate, hint at, give + a hint, intimate.

* dejar escapar a Alguien = let + Nombre + escape.

* dejar espacio para = leave + room for.

* dejar estupefacto = stagger.

* dejar frío a Alguien = knock + Nombre + cold.

* dejar frío y vacío = leave + Nombre + cold and empty.

* dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.

* dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.

* dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.

* dejar huella = leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + a trace, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* dejar huellas = leave + footprints.

* dejar huérfano = orphan.

* dejar incompleto = leave + unfinished.

* dejar inconsciente = overcome, knock + the hell out out of, leave + unconscious.

* dejar indefenso = leave + unprotected.

* dejar intacto = leave + intact, leave + untouched.

* dejar la cuestión abierta = leave + the question open.

* dejar la empresa = jump + ship.

* dejar la puerta abierta a = open + the door to.

* dejar la puerta abierta de par en par = leave + the door wide open.

* dejar las armas = put down + weapons.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar las manos de uno libres de = free + Posesivo + hands from.

* dejar la tierra en barbecho = let + farmland lie fallow.

* dejar libertad para + Infinitivo = leave + Nombre + free to + Infinitivo.

* dejar libre = vacate, leave + vacant.

* dejar limpio a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* dejar lisiado = lame.

* dejarlo a la discreción de = leave + it to the discretion of.

* dejarlo en paz = give + it a rest, let + it drop.

* dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.

* dejar los campos en barbecho = let + fields lie fallow.

* dejar los estudios = drop out (from school), drop out of + school.

* dejar marcado = scar.

* dejar margen = allow + margin.

* dejar mella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar para cuando = move to + a time when.

* dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.

* dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.

* dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.

* dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.

* dejar pasmado = stagger.

* dejar paso = step + aside.

* dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).

* dejar pelado a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* dejar perplejo = puzzle, mystify, perplex, stump, blow + Posesivo + mind, bewilder, nonplus.

* dejar plantado = walk out on.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar que Alguien se las arregle solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar que Alguien se vaya = let + Nombre + go.

* dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.

* dejar que se pudra = leave to + rot.

* dejar que + Subjuntivo = allow + Infinitivo.

* dejar rastro = leave + a trace.

* dejarse arrastrar = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse arrastrar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse caer = drop by, drop in, slump, droop, mosey.

* dejarse el pellejo = play out + Posesivo + skin, work + Posesivo + butt off, sweat + blood, slog + Posesivo + guts out, give + Posesivo + all.

* dejarse el pellejo trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.

* dejarse embaucar = get + sucked in.

* dejarse engañar = fall for, get + sucked in.

* dejarse guiar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.

* dejarse la piel = sweat + blood, work + Posesivo + butt off, slog + Posesivo + guts out, play out + Posesivo + skin.

* dejarse la piel trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.

* dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.

* dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).

* dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.

* dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.

* dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dejar sin cambiar = leave + unchanged.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* dejar sin palabras = leave + Nombre + speechless, nonplus.

* dejar sin poder = disempower.

* dejar sin protección = leave + unprotected.

* dejar sin referente a una referencia anafórica = dangle + anaphoric reference.

* dejar sin tocar = leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.

* dejar sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.

* dejar sitio (a) = make + room (for), make + way (for).

* dejar solo = leave + Alguien + alone, leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.

* dejar su impronta en = set + Posesivo + stamp on.

* dejar tiempo = free up + time.

* dejar tiempo libre = free up + time.

* dejar tirado = strand, walk out on.

* dejar tranquilo = leave + Nombre + undisturbed.

* dejar tras sí = leave + behind.

* dejar una cicatriz = scar.

* dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting impression, leave + a lasting memory.

* dejar una impresión = leave with + the impression, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* dejar una marca = leave + Posesivo + mark.

* dejar una pista = leave + a trace.

* dejar (un) buen sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.

* dejar un cargo = resign + office, step down from + Posesivo + position, leave + office.

* dejar un grato sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.

* dejar un hábito = stop + habit.

* dejar un hueco = leave + gap.

* dejar un mal sabor de boca = leave + a bad taste in + Posesivo + mouth.

* dejar un puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + position.

* dejar un reguero de = leave + a trail of.

* dejar un sabor amargo en la boca = leave + a bitter aftertaste.

* dejar un trabajo = quit, resign + Posesivo + post.

* dejar vacante = leave + vacant.

* dejar vacío = leave + vacant.

* dejar vulnerable = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre/Reflexivo + vulnerable.

* desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.

* desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.

* desapareder sin dejar rastro = vanish into + thin air.

* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.

* golpear a Alguien hasta dejarlo inconsciente = beat + Nombre + unconscious.

* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.

* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.

* no dejar a nadie fuera = inclusivity.

* no dejar de enviar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.

* no dejar de mandar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.

* no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.

* no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.

* no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.

* no dejar ni un cabo suelto = tie up + all the loose ends.

* no dejar pasar = keep out.

* no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.

* no dejar títere con cabeza = turn + everything upside down.

* no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.

* no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstressed, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.

* persuadir a Alguien para que deje Algo = lure away from.

* programa + dejar de funcionar = programme + crash.

* sin dejar huella = into thin air.

* sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.

* sin dejar rastro = into thin air.

* sin dejarse amedrentar por = undaunted by.

* sin dejarse amilanar por = undaunted by.

* sin dejarse desanimar = undaunted.

* sin dejarse intimidar por = undaunted by.

* sistema + dejar de funcionar = system + crash.

* vive y deja vivir = live and let live.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( en lugar determinado) to leave

lo dejé en recepción/en la mesa — I left it in reception/on the table

dejó a los niños en el colegio — she dropped the children (off) at school

dejar un recado — to leave a message

dejar un depósito — to put down a deposit

¿cuánto se deja de propina? — how much do you leave as a tip?

deja ese cuchillo — put that knife down

déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa — leave her alone, it wasn't her fault

dejar mucho que desear — to leave a great deal to be desired

b) ( olvidar) to leave

dejé el paraguas en el tren — I left my umbrella on the train

déjalo! — forget it!

c) ( como herencia) to leave

2)

a) <marca/mancha/huella> to leave

deja un gusto amargo en la boca — it leaves a bitter taste in the mouth

b) < ganancia> to produce

el negocio dejó pérdidas — the business made a loss

3) ( abandonar) <novia/marido> to leave; < familia> to leave, abandon; < trabajo> to give up, leave; < lugar> to leave

quiere dejar el ballet — he wants to give up ballet dancing

4) (+ compl)

a) ( en cierto estado) to leave

dejé la ventana abierta — I left the window open

dejar las luces apagadas — to leave the lights off

su muerte los dejó en la miseria — his death left them in absolute poverty

su respuesta me dejó boquiabierta — I was astonished by her reply

el golpe lo dejó inconsciente — the blow knocked him unconscious

me dejó esperando afuera — she left me waiting outside

el avión/bus nos dejó — (Col, Ven) we missed the plane/bus

déjame en paz! — leave me alone!

me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos — he let me have it for 1,000 pesos

quiero dejar esto bien claro — I want to make this quite clear

dejó atrás a los otros corredores — she left the other runners behind

dejar algo/a alguien estar — to let something/somebody be (colloq), to leave something/somebody alone; lado 5)

b) (CS)

dejar algo dicho — to leave a message

5)

a) ( posponer) leave

no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora — don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now

b) (reservar, guardar) <espacio/margen> to leave

deja un poco para los demás — leave some for other people

deja tus chistes para otro momento — save your jokes for some other time

Sentido II

6) ( permitir)

dejar algo/a alguien + inf — to let something/somebody + inf

déjalo entrar/salir — let it/him in/out

deja correr el agua — let the water run

¿me dejas ir? — will you let me go?

dejar que algo/alguien + subj — to let somebody/something + inf

dejó que lo eligiera ella — he let her choose

déjame que te ayude — let me help you

no dejes que se queme la carne — don't let the meat burn

dejar que espese la salsa — allow the sauce to thicken

deja que se tranquilice un poco — let him calm down a bit

7)

a)

dejar paso — to make way

hay que dejar paso a las nuevas ideas — we have to make way for new ideas

b)

dejar caer — < objeto> to drop; < comentario> to let... drop

dejó caer la noticia de que se casaba — she let it drop that she was getting married
2.
dejar de

a) ( cesar)

dejar de + inf — to stop -ing

deja de llorar/importunarme — stop crying/bothering me

dejar de fumar — to give up smoking

b) (omitir, no hacer)

dejar de + inf: no dejes de escribirme en cuanto llegues make sure you write as soon as you get there; no dejes de recordarles que... be sure to remind them that...; es algo que no deja de sorprenderme — it's something I still find surprising
3.
dejarse v pron

1)

a) ( abandonarse) to let oneself go

b)

dejarse + inf: se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him; se deja convencer fácilmente he's easily persuaded; dejarse llevar por la música to let oneself be carried along by the music; no te dejes, tú también pégale (AmL exc RPl) don't just take it, hit him back (colloq); nunca te dejas ver we never seem to see you; dejarse estar (AmL): no te dejes estar you'd better do something; si nos dejamos estar vamos a perder el contrato — if we don't get our act together we'll lose the contract

2) <barba/bigote> to grow

quiero dejarme el pelo largo — I want to grow my hair long

3) (esp Esp fam) ( olvidar) to leave

me dejé el dinero en casa — I left my/the money at home

4) dejarse de (fam)

a ver si se dejan de hablar — why don't you stop talking?

déjate de lamentaciones/de rodeos — stop complaining/beating about the bush

* * *

= cease, dump, leave, let, forsake, put down, drop off, maroon, flake out, let + go of, go + cold turkey, leave off, walk out on.

Ex: After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.

Ex: The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.

Ex: Many libraries are reluctant to reclassify stock and many libraries leave stock classified according to earlier editions long after the earlier edition has been superseded.

Ex: If the user does not know what the answer is, he stops the command chain at that point, lets the system show an intermediate display for guidance, and then continues his work.

Ex: Indeed, she was delighted to forsake the urban reality of steel and glass, traffic and crime, aspirin and litter, for the sort of over-the-fence friendliness of the smaller city.

Ex: The implication is that these are books to be picked up, looked at, leafed through and put down again.

Ex: That they received regular visits from people who dropped off packages on a regular basis along with money.

Ex: A seemingly simple tale of schoolboys marooned on an island, the novel 'Lord of the Flies' is an enigmatic and provocative piece of literature.

Ex: The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.

Ex: For one, large areas of city were in the hands of the Mafia, who was not eager to let got of their vested interests.

Ex: Judging by the critical responses to the article so far, it looks like the world isn't quite ready to go cold turkey on its religion addiction.

Ex: This book takes up the thread where Volume One left off.

Ex: There are many thankless jobs in this world, but does that mean you can just walk out on them for your own selfish reasons?.

* como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a Alguien atónito = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.

* dejar a Alguien boquiabierto = leave + Nombre + gagging, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).

* dejar a Alguien colgado = hang + Nombre + out to dry.

* dejar a Alguien embarazada = knock + Alguien + up.

* dejar a Alguien en estado = knock + Alguien + up.

* dejar a Alguien en la cuneta = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.

* dejar a Alguien en la estacada = leave + Alguien + in the lurch, hang + Nombre + out to dry.

* dejar a Alguien en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* dejar a Alguien estupefacto = leave + Nombre + speechless, astound, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).

* dejar a Alguien inconsciente = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* dejar a Alguien patidifuso = make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).

* dejar a Alguien plantado = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.

* dejar a Alguien preñada = knock + Alguien + up.

* dejar a Alguien que se las apañe como pueda = leave + Alguien + to sink or swim.

* dejar a Alguien que se las apañe solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.

* dejar a Alguien que se las arregle solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.

* dejar a Alguien sin aliento = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.

* dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* dejar a Alguien sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.

* dejar a Alguien sin un duro = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.

* dejar a la buena de Dios = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.

* dejar a la posteridad = bequeath to + posterity.

* dejar al descubierto = lay + bare.

* dejar Algo a la suerte = leave + Nombre + to chance.

* dejar Algo al azar = leave + Nombre + to chance.

* dejar Algo al criterio de Alguien = leave + Nombre + up to.

* dejar Algo aparcado = put + Nombre + on ice, put + Nombre + on mothballs.

* dejar Algo completamente destrozado = leave + Nombre + in shambles.

* dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.

* dejar a oscuras = cut out + light.

* dejar aparte = leave + aside.

* dejar a + Posesivo + suerte = strand.

* dejar a su aire = leave to + Reflexivo, leave + unchecked.

* dejar atónito = stun, astound.

* dejar atrás = leave + behind, outstrip, outpace, outdistance, leave + Nombre + behind, leave by + the wayside, move on from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar bastante que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.

* dejar caer = drop, dump.

* dejar caer insinuaciones = throw + hints.

* dejar caer un indirecta = drop + a hint.

* dejar ciego = blind.

* dejar claro = make + it + clear, hammer + home + message, make + plain, send + a clear signal that.

* dejar claro que = make + the point that.

* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.

* dejar con el culo al aire = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.

* dejar constancia de = record.

* dejar de = cease to, relax + the grip on.

* dejar de actualizar el catálogo = close down + catalogue.

* dejar de circular = drop out of + circulation.

* dejar de existir = be no more.

* dejar de fumar = stop + smoking, quit + smoking, smoking cessation.

* dejar de funcionar = go down, cease to + function, go + belly up, flake out, go + dead, pack up.

* dejar de gustar = go off.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar de hacer sufrir = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.

* dejar de + Infinitivo = skip + Gerundio, give up + Gerundio, stop + Gerundio.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* dejar de percatarse de = become + blind to.

* dejar de pie = leave + standing.

* dejar de publicarse = cease + publication.

* dejar de remar = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* dejar desamparado = leave + Nombre + out in the cold, leave + unprotected.

* dejar de ser actual = date.

* dejar de ser popular = outlive + Posesivo + popularity.

* dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.

* dejar desguarnecido = leave + unprotected.

* dejar de sonreír = extinguish + smile.

* dejar desprotegido = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre + out in the cold.

* dejar desvalido = leave + unprotected.

* dejar de trabajar temporalmente = career break.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejar dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* dejar el agua correr = let bygones be bygones.

* dejar el hábito = kick + the habit.

* dejar el nido = fly + the nest, leave + the nest.

* dejar el puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post.

* dejar el trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post, quit + Posesivo + job, jump + ship.

* dejar en adobo = marinade.

* dejar en blanco = leave + blank.

* dejar encargado = leave in + charge.

* dejar en el dique seco = mothball.

* dejar en evidencia = call + Posesivo + bluff.

* dejar en garantía = pledge.

* dejar en herencia = bequeath.

* dejar en la cuneta = ditch.

* dejar en la estacada = leave + Nombre + high and dry, be left out on a limb.

* dejar en libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dejar en prenda = pledge.

* dejar en remojo = steep.

* dejar en ridículo = make + a joke of, put + Nombre + to shame.

* dejar en segundo plano = overshadow.

* dejar en suspenso = put into + abeyance.

* dejar en testamento = will.

* dejar entrever = provide + a glimpse of, hint, insinuate, hint at, give + a hint, intimate.

* dejar escapar a Alguien = let + Nombre + escape.

* dejar espacio para = leave + room for.

* dejar estupefacto = stagger.

* dejar frío a Alguien = knock + Nombre + cold.

* dejar frío y vacío = leave + Nombre + cold and empty.

* dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.

* dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.

* dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.

* dejar huella = leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + a trace, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* dejar huellas = leave + footprints.

* dejar huérfano = orphan.

* dejar incompleto = leave + unfinished.

* dejar inconsciente = overcome, knock + the hell out out of, leave + unconscious.

* dejar indefenso = leave + unprotected.

* dejar intacto = leave + intact, leave + untouched.

* dejar la cuestión abierta = leave + the question open.

* dejar la empresa = jump + ship.

* dejar la puerta abierta a = open + the door to.

* dejar la puerta abierta de par en par = leave + the door wide open.

* dejar las armas = put down + weapons.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar las manos de uno libres de = free + Posesivo + hands from.

* dejar la tierra en barbecho = let + farmland lie fallow.

* dejar libertad para + Infinitivo = leave + Nombre + free to + Infinitivo.

* dejar libre = vacate, leave + vacant.

* dejar limpio a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* dejar lisiado = lame.

* dejarlo a la discreción de = leave + it to the discretion of.

* dejarlo en paz = give + it a rest, let + it drop.

* dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.

* dejar los campos en barbecho = let + fields lie fallow.

* dejar los estudios = drop out (from school), drop out of + school.

* dejar marcado = scar.

* dejar margen = allow + margin.

* dejar mella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar para cuando = move to + a time when.

* dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.

* dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.

* dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.

* dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.

* dejar pasmado = stagger.

* dejar paso = step + aside.

* dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).

* dejar pelado a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* dejar perplejo = puzzle, mystify, perplex, stump, blow + Posesivo + mind, bewilder, nonplus.

* dejar plantado = walk out on.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar que Alguien se las arregle solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar que Alguien se vaya = let + Nombre + go.

* dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.

* dejar que se pudra = leave to + rot.

* dejar que + Subjuntivo = allow + Infinitivo.

* dejar rastro = leave + a trace.

* dejarse arrastrar = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse arrastrar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse caer = drop by, drop in, slump, droop, mosey.

* dejarse el pellejo = play out + Posesivo + skin, work + Posesivo + butt off, sweat + blood, slog + Posesivo + guts out, give + Posesivo + all.

* dejarse el pellejo trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.

* dejarse embaucar = get + sucked in.

* dejarse engañar = fall for, get + sucked in.

* dejarse guiar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.

* dejarse la piel = sweat + blood, work + Posesivo + butt off, slog + Posesivo + guts out, play out + Posesivo + skin.

* dejarse la piel trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.

* dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.

* dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).

* dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.

* dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.

* dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dejar sin cambiar = leave + unchanged.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* dejar sin palabras = leave + Nombre + speechless, nonplus.

* dejar sin poder = disempower.

* dejar sin protección = leave + unprotected.

* dejar sin referente a una referencia anafórica = dangle + anaphoric reference.

* dejar sin tocar = leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.

* dejar sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.

* dejar sitio (a) = make + room (for), make + way (for).

* dejar solo = leave + Alguien + alone, leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.

* dejar su impronta en = set + Posesivo + stamp on.

* dejar tiempo = free up + time.

* dejar tiempo libre = free up + time.

* dejar tirado = strand, walk out on.

* dejar tranquilo = leave + Nombre + undisturbed.

* dejar tras sí = leave + behind.

* dejar una cicatriz = scar.

* dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting impression, leave + a lasting memory.

* dejar una impresión = leave with + the impression, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* dejar una marca = leave + Posesivo + mark.

* dejar una pista = leave + a trace.

* dejar (un) buen sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.

* dejar un cargo = resign + office, step down from + Posesivo + position, leave + office.

* dejar un grato sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.

* dejar un hábito = stop + habit.

* dejar un hueco = leave + gap.

* dejar un mal sabor de boca = leave + a bad taste in + Posesivo + mouth.

* dejar un puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + position.

* dejar un reguero de = leave + a trail of.

* dejar un sabor amargo en la boca = leave + a bitter aftertaste.

* dejar un trabajo = quit, resign + Posesivo + post.

* dejar vacante = leave + vacant.

* dejar vacío = leave + vacant.

* dejar vulnerable = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre/Reflexivo + vulnerable.

* desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.

* desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.

* desapareder sin dejar rastro = vanish into + thin air.

* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.

* golpear a Alguien hasta dejarlo inconsciente = beat + Nombre + unconscious.

* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.

* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.

* no dejar a nadie fuera = inclusivity.

* no dejar de enviar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.

* no dejar de mandar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.

* no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.

* no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.

* no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.

* no dejar ni un cabo suelto = tie up + all the loose ends.

* no dejar pasar = keep out.

* no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.

* no dejar títere con cabeza = turn + everything upside down.

* no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.

* no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstressed, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.

* persuadir a Alguien para que deje Algo = lure away from.

* programa + dejar de funcionar = programme + crash.

* sin dejar huella = into thin air.

* sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.

* sin dejar rastro = into thin air.

* sin dejarse amedrentar por = undaunted by.

* sin dejarse amilanar por = undaunted by.

* sin dejarse desanimar = undaunted.

* sin dejarse intimidar por = undaunted by.

* sistema + dejar de funcionar = system + crash.

* vive y deja vivir = live and let live.

* * *

dejar [A1 ] [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dejar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 dejar en un lugar

2 olvidar

3 como herencia

4 depositar: persona

B

1 dejar: marca, mancha etc

2 Comercio

C abandonar: novia, marido etc

D

1 en cierto estado

2 dejar algo dicho

E

1 posponer

2 reservar, guardar

F prestar

Sentido II

A

1 permitir

2 esperar

B

1 dejar paso

2 dejar caer

■ dejar (verbo intransitivo)

A deja/dejen

B

1 dejar de: omitir, no hacer

2 dejar de: cesar

■ dejarse (verbo pronominal)

A abandonarse

B

1 dejarse la barba etc

2 dejarse + infinitivo

C olvidar

D dejarse de

vt

Sentido I

A

1 (en un lugar) to leave

¿dónde dejaste el coche? where did you leave the car?

déjamelo en recepción leave it in reception for me

deja ese cuchillo, que te vas a cortar put that knife down, you'll cut yourself

dejé un depósito I put down o left a deposit

¿cuánto se suele dejar de propina? how much do you normally leave as a tip?

dejémoslo, no quiero discutir por eso let's forget o drop it, I don't want to argue about it

déjalo ya, no le pegues más that's enough o stop it now, don't hit him any more

déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa leave her alone o let her be, it wasn't her fault

dejar que desear: la calidad deja bastante/mucho que desear the quality leaves rather a lot/much to be desired

2 (olvidar) to leave

dejó el paraguas en el tren she left her umbrella on the train

3 (como herencia) to leave

le dejó sus alhajas a su nieta she left her jewels to her granddaughter

4 (depositar) ‹persona› to drop, drop … off

dejó a los niños en el colegio she dropped the children (off) at school

B

1 ‹marca/mancha/huella› to leave

deja un gusto amargo en la boca it leaves a bitter taste in the mouth

deja viuda y tres hijos he leaves a widow and three children

2 ( Comercio):

no deja mucho margen it does not have a very high profit margin

ese tipo de negocio deja mucho dinero that type of business is very lucrative o yields high returns

C (abandonar) ‹novia/marido› to leave; ‹familia› to leave, abandon; ‹trabajo› to give up, leave; ‹lugar› to leave

lo dejó por otro she left him for another man

quiere dejar el ballet he wants to give up ballet dancing

no quería dejar esa casa donde había sido tan feliz he didn't want to leave that house where he had been so happy

te dejo, que tengo que arreglarme I must go, I have to get ready

D (+ compl)

1 (en cierto estado) to leave

dejé la ventana abierta I left the window open

su muerte los dejó en la miseria his death left them in absolute poverty

su respuesta me dejó boquiabierta I was astonished by her reply

ese estilo de cine me deja frío that sort of movie leaves me cold

el golpe lo dejó inconsciente the blow knocked o rendered him unconscious

dejar los garbanzos en remojo leave the chickpeas to soak

dejo el asunto en tus manos I'll leave the matter in your hands

me dejó esperando afuera she left me waiting outside

el avión/bus nos dejó (Col, Ven); we missed the plane/bus

¡déjame en paz! leave me alone!

me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos he let me have it for 1,000 pesos

quiero dejar esto bien claro I want to make this quite clear, I want this to be quite clear

dejando aparte la cuestión de … leaving aside the question of …

dejó atrás a los otros corredores she left the other runners behind

dejar algo/a algn estar to let sth/sb be ( colloq), to leave sth/sb alone

lado

2

(CS): dejar algo dicho to leave a message

dejó dicho que lo llamaran he left a message for them to call him

¿quiere dejar algo dicho? do you want to leave a message?

E

1 (posponer) leave

no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now

dejemos los platos para mañana let's leave the dishes until tomorrow

2 (reservar, guardar) to leave

deja tus chistes para otro momento save your jokes for some other time

dejen un poco de postre para Gustavo leave some dessert for Gustavo

deja un margen leave a margin

F ( Esp fam) (prestar) (+ me/te/le etc) to lend

he salido sin dinero — yo te puedo dejar algo I've come out without any money — I can lend you some o let you have some

Sentido II

A

1 (permitir) dejar algo/a algn + INF to let sth/sb + INF

¿me dejas ir? will you let me go?, can I go?

déjame entrar/salir let me in/out

siempre lo han dejado hacer lo que le da la gana they've always allowed him to do o let him do just as he pleases

deja correr el agua let the water run, run the water

tú déjame hacer a mí y no te preocupes you leave it to me and don't worry

sacar del horno y dejar reposar remove from the oven and leave to stand

su rostro no dejaba traslucir ninguna emoción his face showed no emotion

dejar que algo/algn + SUBJ to let sth/sb + INF

dejó que lo eligiera ella he let her choose, he left the choice to her

déjame que te ayude let me help you

no dejes que se queme la carne don't let the meat burn

2 (esperar) dejar que algo/algn + SUBJ:

dejar que espese la salsa allow the sauce to thicken, wait until the sauce thickens

deja que se tranquilice un poco primero wait for him to calm down o let him calm down a bit first

¡deja que te agarre y vas a ver! just you wait till I get my hands on you!

B

1

dejar paso to make way

dejen paso a la ambulancia let the ambulance through, make way for the ambulance

hay que dejar paso a las nuevas ideas we have to make way for new ideas

2

dejar caer ‹objeto› to drop;

‹comentario› to let … drop

dejó caer la noticia de que se casaba she let it drop that she was getting married

■ dejar

vi

A

deja/dejen: deja, me toca pagar a mí no, no, it's my turn to pay

toma lo que te debía — deja, deja here, this is what I owed you — no, it doesn't matter o no, forget it o no, please

dejen, no se preocupen look, leave it, don't bother

B dejar de

1 (omitir, no hacer) dejar DE + INF:

no dejes de escribirme en cuanto llegues don't forget to write o make sure you write as soon as you get there

no deja de llamar ni un solo día he telephones every day without fail

no dejes de recordarles que … be sure to remind them that …

no por eso voy a dejar de decir lo que siento that won't stop me from saying what I feel

yo no puedo dejar de sacar mis propias conclusiones I can't help but draw my own conclusions

no deja de sorprenderme que haya venido a disculparse I still find it surprising that he came to apologize

lo que hagan o dejen de hacer es cosa suya whatever they do or don't do is their business

por no dejar ( Chi fam); for the sake of it

2 (cesar) dejar DE + INF to stop -ING

deja de llorar/importunarme stop crying/bothering me

creía que habías dejado de fumar I thought you had given up smoking

■ dejarse

v pron

A (abandonarse) to let oneself go

se ha dejado mucho desde que enviudó he's let himself go terribly since he lost his wife

B

1 ‹barba/bigote› to grow

quiero dejarme el pelo largo I want to grow my hair long

2 dejarse + INF:

se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him

no me voy a dejar convencer tan fácilmente I am not going to be persuaded that easily

quería besarla, pero ella no se dejó he wanted to kiss her but she wouldn't let him

se dejó llevar por la música she let herself be carried o swept along by the music

se dejó abatir por el desánimo she succumbed to despondency

no te dejes, tú también pégale ( AmL exc RPl); don't just take it, hit him back ( colloq)

¿qué tal el postre? — se deja comer ( fam hum); what's the dessert like? — it's not bad o I've tasted worse ( colloq hum)

de vez en cuando se dejaba caer por el club he used to drop by o into the club now and then

nunca te dejas ver we never seem to see you

dejarse estar: no te dejes estar you'd better do something

si nos dejamos estar vamos a perder el contrato if we don't get our act together o get a move on we'll lose the contract, if we don't do something, we'll lose the contract ( colloq)

C ( fam) (olvidar) to leave

me dejé el dinero en casa I left my/the money at home

D dejarse de ( fam):

déjate de rodeos y dime la verdad stop beating about the bush and tell me the truth

déjense ya de lamentaciones stop complaining

a ver si se dejan de perder el tiempo why don't you stop wasting time

* * *

Multiple Entries:
dejar
dejar algo
dejar ( conjugate dejar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( en lugar determinado) to leave;

◊ lo dejé en recepción I left it in reception;

dejó a los niños en el colegio she dropped the children (off) at school;
dejar un recado to leave a message;
dejar propina to leave a tip;
deja ese cuchillo put that knife down;
déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa leave her alone, it wasn't her fault;
dejar mucho que desear to leave a great deal to be desired
b) ( olvidar) ‹dinero/objeto› to leave;

◊ ¡déjalo! forget it!

c) ( como herencia) to leave

2
a) ‹mancha/huella/sabor› to leave

b) ‹ ganancia› to produce;

◊ el negocio dejó pérdidas the business made a loss

3 ( abandonar) ‹novia/marido› to leave;
‹ familia› to leave, abandon;
‹ trabajo› to give up, leave;
‹ lugar› to leave;
◊ quiere dejar el ballet he wants to give up ballet dancing

4 (+ compl) ( en cierto estado) to leave;
◊ dejé la ventana abierta I left the window open;

me dejó esperando afuera she left me waiting outside;
¡déjame en paz! leave me alone!;
me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos he let me have it for 1,000 pesos;
See also→ lado 3
5
a) ( posponer) leave;

◊ no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now

b) (reservar, guardar) ‹espacio/margen/comida› to leave

( permitir)
◊ dejara algo/algn hacer algo to let sth/sb do sth;

déjalo entrar let it/him in;
deja correr el agua let the water run;
¿me dejas ir? will you let me go?;
dejar que algo/algn haga algo to let sb/sth do sth;
déjame que te ayude let me help you;
See Also→ caer 1, See Also→ paso 1 b
verbo intransitivo dejar de hacer algo to stop doing sth;
◊ dejar de fumar to give up o to stop smoking;

no dejes de escribirme make sure you write to me
dejarse verbo pronominal
1
a) ( abandonarse) to let oneself go

b)

◊ dejarse hacer algo: se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him;

se deja influir fácilmente he's easily influenced;
dejarse llevar por la música to let oneself be carried along by the music;
dejarse estar (AmL);

( descuidarse) to be careless;
( abandonarse) to let oneself go
2 ‹barba/bigote› to grow
3 dejarse de hacer algo to stop doing sth;
◊ déjate de lamentarte stop complaining

4 (esp Esp fam) ( olvidar) to leave
dejar
1 verbo transitivo
1 (poner en un sitio una cosa) to leave: déjalo donde estaba, leave it where it was
no sé dónde dejé las llaves, I don't know where I left my keys
(a una persona en un lugar) to drop off
2 (prestar) to lend: ¿me dejas tu blusa?, may I borrow your blouse?
3 (abandonar a un niño) to abandon
(romper relaciones con) to leave: Carmen dejó a su novio, Carmen broke up with her boyfriend
(una actividad) to give up: dejó de bailar, she gave up dancing
dejar el trabajo, to leave one's job
(desistir) to give up: lo dejé por imposible, I gave it up
4 (autorizar, dar permiso) to let, allow: no sé si le dejarán viajar solo, I don't know if they'll let her travel unaccompanied
dejar entrar/salir, to let in/out ➣ Ver nota en let 5 (no molestar) to leave sb alone: deja a mamá, que está descansando, leave mummy alone, she's having a rest
6 (producir beneficios) to produce
7 (aplazar) dejaron la visita para otro día, they put the visit off for another day
8 (+ adjetivo: en un estado) to make
dejar cansado, to make (sb) tired
dejar preocupado/satisfecho, to worry/satisfy
II v aux ( dejar de + infinitivo) to stop, give up: no deja de hablar de él, she never stops talking about him
no dejes de llamar para avisarme, don't forget to call me
de pronto dejó de respirar, suddenly he stoped breathing ➣ Ver nota en give y stop
♦ Locuciones: déjame en paz, leave me alone
dejar dicho, to leave a word o a message
dejar fuera, (excluir, no tener en cuenta) to leave out, omit
dejar mucho que desear, to leave a lot to be desired: su examen dejó mucho que desear, his exam performance left a lot to be desired
' dejar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
agotar
- aplanar
- aturdir
- barbecho
- betún
- cabida
- cabo
- caer
- callar
- clara
- claro
- colgada
- colgado
- consistir
- Cristo
- dejarse
- descendencia
- descolgar
- desconectarse
- despedirse
- desplumar
- destartalar
- destilar
- desvelar
- deteriorarse
- enseñar
- entrever
- estacada
- estampar
- franquear
- hoy
- huella
- imprimir
- miel
- olvidar
- palmo
- petrificar
- piedra
- pieza
- plantar
- plantificar
- poltrona
- prenda
- rastro
- reñir
- reposo
- respirar
- sabor
- salirse
- señal
English:
abandon
- admit
- advance
- advise
- allow
- astound
- black out
- blind
- boggle
- bowl over
- break off
- brew
- brush aside
- burner
- butt out
- cease
- chuck in
- cold
- come off
- consider
- cripple
- cut
- cut off
- cut out
- dangle
- dent
- device
- disable
- dismiss
- drop
- drop off
- drop out
- dump
- end
- fool
- forward
- fox
- free
- gear
- give
- give up
- gripping
- imprint
- jack in
- jilt
- keep
- keep in
- keep out
- knock out
- lay down

* * *

dejar

♦ vt

1. [poner] to leave, to put;

dejó los papeles en la mesa he put o left the papers on the table;

deja el abrigo en la percha put your coat on the hanger;

he dejado la moto muy cerca I've left o parked my motorbike nearby;

deja el jarrón, que lo vas a romper put that vase down or you'll break it;

su compañero le dejó un balón perfecto y sólo tuvo que rematar a gol his team-mate played a perfect ball for him and all he had to do was tap it in

2. [olvidar] to leave;

dejé el paraguas en el cine I left my umbrella at the movies

3. [encomendar]
dejarle algo a alguien to leave sth with sb;

le dejé los niños a mi madre I left the children with my mother

4. Esp [prestar]
dejar algo a alguien to lend sb sth, to lend sth to sb;

¿me dejas un paraguas? could you lend me an umbrella?;

¿nos dejarás tu casa el próximo verano? will you let us use your house next summer?

5. [abandonar] [casa, trabajo, país] to leave;
[tabaco, estudios] to give up; [familia] to abandon;
dejé la fiesta a medianoche I left the party at midnight;

dejó el tenis cuando empezó la universidad she gave up tennis when she started university;

dejó lo que estaba haciendo para ayudarla he stopped o dropped what he was doing to help her;

te dejo, que si no pierdo el autobús I have to leave you now, or I'll miss the bus;

su marido la ha dejado her husband has left her;

lo dejó por un hombre más joven she left him for a younger man;

dejar a alguien en algún sitio [con el coche] to drop sb off somewhere;

el avión dejó a treinta pasajeros en la primera escala thirty passengers got off (the plane) at the first stopover;

dejar atrás a alguien to leave sb behind;

es muy inteligente y ha dejado atrás al resto de la clase she's very intelligent and has left the rest of the class behind (her), she's very intelligent and is way ahead of the rest of the class;

dejó atrás al resto de corredores he left the other runners behind o in his wake;

dejar algo por imposible to give sth up as a lost cause

6. [posponer] to leave;

dejemos esto para la próxima reunión let's leave this matter until the next meeting;

dejamos el viaje para diciembre we put off the journey until December;

Prov

no dejes para mañana lo que puedas hacer hoy don't put off till o leave for tomorrow what you can do today

7. [permitir]
dejar a alguien hacer algo to let sb do sth, to allow sb to do sth;

no me dejan salir, estoy castigado I'm being kept in as a punishment;

dejar entrar/salir a alguien to let sb in/out;

sus gritos no me dejaron dormir his cries prevented me from sleeping;

déjame a mí, que tengo más experiencia let me do it, I'm more experienced;

déjame a mí, yo me encargo de preparar la comida leave it to me, I'll get dinner;

deja que tu hijo venga con nosotros let your son come with us;

¿me dejas ir? will you let me go?, can I go?;

dejar correr algo to leave sth be;

dejar pasar o [m5] escapar algo to let sth slip;

dejó pasar tres semanas he let three weeks go by;

el resultado final no deja lugar a dudas the final result leaves no room for doubt

8. [reservar]
deja algo de café para mí leave some coffee for me;

deja algo para los demás leave some for the others;

deja tus críticas para una mejor ocasión save your criticisms for another time

9. [legar] to leave;

dejar algo a alguien to leave sth to sb;

dejó todos sus ahorros a varias instituciones benéficas she left all her savings to charity

10. [reportar] to bring;

el negocio les deja varios millones al año the business brings them several million a year

11. [omitir] to leave out;

la cocina déjala de momento, ahora hay que limpiar el baño leave the kitchen for the moment, I want you to clean the bathroom now;

dejemos aparte las introducciones y comencemos la negociación let's dispense with the introductions and get straight down to the negotiations;

dejar algo por o [m5] sin hacer to fail to do sth;

dejó lo más importante por resolver he left the most important question unresolved

12. (en imperativo) [olvidar] to forget (about);

déjalo, no importa forget it, it doesn't matter

13. (en imperativo) [no molestar] to leave alone o in peace;

¡déjame, que tengo trabajo! leave me alone, I'm busy!;

déjame tranquilo o [m5] en paz leave me alone o in peace;

¡deja a tu padre, está durmiendo! leave your father alone o in peace, he's sleeping!;

déjalo estar leave it as it is, let it be

14. (+ infinitivo)
dejó adivinar sus intenciones she allowed her intentions to be guessed;

lo dejó caer she dropped it;

dejó caer que no se presentaría a las próximas elecciones he let it drop that he wouldn't be standing at the next election;

dejó escapar una magnífica oportunidad she missed an excellent opportunity, she allowed an excellent opportunity to slip by

15. [indica resultado] to leave;

deja un sabor agridulce it has a bittersweet aftertaste;

la lejía ha dejado marcas en la ropa the bleach has left stains on the clothes;

el examen me dejó agotado I was left exhausted by the exam;

¡no me dejes así, cuéntame qué pasó! don't leave me guessing, tell me what happened!;

yo dejaría la pared tal y como está I'd leave the wall as it is;

tu comportamiento deja bastante/mucho que desear your behaviour leaves something/a lot to be desired;

dejar algo hecho to get sth done;

te lo dejaré hecho para el lunes I'll get it done for you by Monday;

dejar algo como nuevo to leave sth as good as new

16. [esperar a]
dejar que to wait until;

dejó que acabara de llover para salir he waited until it had stopped raining before going out;

retirar del fuego y dejar enfriar o [m5] que se enfríe remove from the heat and allow to cool;

deja que se calme un poco, y entonces háblale wait until she calms down a bit before you talk to her

♦ vi

1. [parar]
dejar de hacer algo to stop doing sth;

dejó de llover it stopped raining, the rain stopped;

ha dejado de fumar/beber he's stopped smoking/drinking;

no deja de venir ni un solo día he never fails to come;

poco a poco dejaron de llamarse they gradually stopped phoning one another;

no deja de ser extraño que haga tanto calor en esta época del año it really is most strange for it to be so hot at this time of year

2. (en negativo) [indica promesa]
no dejar de to be sure to;

¡no dejes de escribirme! be sure to write to me!;

no dejes de avisarnos si tienes algún problema be sure to tell us if you have any problem

3. (en imperativo) [indica negación]
deja, ya subo yo las maletas leave the cases, I'll bring them up;

deje, señora, ya lo hago yo allow me, madam, I'll do it;

¿vas a volver a correr la maratón? – ¡deja, deja! ya tuve suficiente con la del año pasado are you going to run the marathon again? – don't! last year was more than enough

♦ See also the pronominal verb dejarse

* * *

dejar

I v/t

1 leave; estudios give up, quit fam ;

dejar mucho que desear leave a lot to be desired;

dejar algo para mañana leave sth until tomorrow;

dejémoslo aquí let’s leave it here;

¡déjalo! persona leave him alone!; asunto drop it!

2 ( permitir) let, allow;

déjale marcharse let him go;

dejar que algo ocurra let sth happen, allow sth to happen

3 ( prestar) lend

4 beneficios yield

5

:

déjame en la esquina drop me at the corner;

dejar caer algo drop sth

II v/i

1 ( parar)

:

dejar de hacer algo stop doing sth;

dejar de fumar give up smoking, stop o quit smoking;

no deja de fastidiarme he keeps (on) annoying me;

no puedo dejar de pensar en ellos I can’t stop thinking about them

2

:

no dejes de visitarnos be sure to visit us

* * *

dejar vt

1) : to leave

2) abandonar: to abandon, to forsake

3) : to let be, to let go

4) permitir: to allow, to permit

dejar vi

dejar de : to stop, to quit

dejar de fumar: to quit smoking

♦ See also the reflexive verb dejarse

* * *

dejar vb

1. (en general) to leave [pt. & pp. left]

déjalo todo en la mesa leave everything on the table

ha dejado a su marido she's left her husband

2. (abandonar una actividad) to give up [pt. gave; pp. given]

dejó los estudios he gave up his studies

3. (permitir) to let [pt. & pp. let]

mi padre no me deja ir a la discoteca my father doesn't let me go to the disco

4. (prestar) to lend [pt. & pp. lent]

me dejó su vestido para la fiesta she lent me her dress for the party

¿me dejas este libro? can you lend me this book? / can I borrow this book?

dejar caer to drop [pt. & pp. dropped]

has dejado caer el pañuelo you've dropped your hankie

dejar de (involuntariamente) to stop [pt. & pp. stopped] (voluntariamente) to give up [pt. gave; pp. given]

ha dejado de llover it's stopped raining

mi padre ha dejado de fumar my father's given up smoking

¡déjame en paz! leave me alone!

Spanish-English dictionary > dejar
7 volo

1.
vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;
also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:
voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;
so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:
sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:
sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
I.
In gen.
A.
With object-infinitive.
1.
With pres. inf.
a.
To wish.
(α).
Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:
potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:
ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:
ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:
natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:
video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:
quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:
si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:
quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:
quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:
si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:
priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:
si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:
non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:
suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:
Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
(β).
Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
(γ).
Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:
neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
b.
Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:
in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:
maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:
consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
c.
= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:
ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:
eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:
puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:
necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:
hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;
volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:
tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:
non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—
Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:
sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:
cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:
ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:
bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:
ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:
at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:
eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:
cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:
si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:
(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:
rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:
ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
d.
= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:
quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:
nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:
de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:
audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
e.
To mean, of actions and expressions:
hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:
non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):
quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:
volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:
adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
f.
To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:
nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:
sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:
sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:
si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:
ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
g.
To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):
quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:
quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:
si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:
at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:
P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
h.
Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:
sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:
vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:
i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:
illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:
ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:
si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:
ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:
visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:
volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
k.
Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):
uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
1.
To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:
is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:
hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:
ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:
plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:
dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:
heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:
cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:
nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
m.
To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;
si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:
utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:
de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:
laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:
vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
n.
To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):
haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:
Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
o.
To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):
magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
2.
With pres. inf. understood.
a.
Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
(α).
To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:
proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:
nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:
tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:
quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:
neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—
(β).
To choose, be pleased (freq.):
tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:
id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:
habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:
rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:
provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:
quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:
senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:
saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;
26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:
at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
(γ).
To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):
sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:
scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:
ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
(δ).
To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:
jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:
patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
(ε).
To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):
tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
b.
With ellipsis of inf.
(α).
Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:
nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:
volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
(β).
With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
(γ).
In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
3.
With perfect infinitive active (rare).
a.
In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
(α).
In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:
edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —
(β).
In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:
interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:
oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:
ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
b.
In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:
sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
c.
To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
(α).
In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
(β).
In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,
an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:
qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.
B.
With acc. and inf.
1.
To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
a.
With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:
deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:
emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:
scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:
si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:
consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:
vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:
nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:
harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:
ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:
si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:
regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:
mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:
volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
b.
With the same subject.
(α).
With inf. act.:
quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:
volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:
judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:
vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
(β).
With inf. pass.:
quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:
qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:
religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:
Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
2.
Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:
me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:
viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:
pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:
(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:
causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:
quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:
nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:
senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:
quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:
ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:
quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:
quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:
quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:
sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
3.
Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:
Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:
Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:
primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:
quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:
si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:
quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:
quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
4.
To resolve:
Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:
si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:
senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §
160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:
tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
5.
To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:
montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
6.
To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):
obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:
Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:
petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:
orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:
quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:
si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:
cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
7.
To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:
voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:
vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:
si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
8.
To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
(α).
To imagine, consider:
est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:
semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:
si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
(β).
To be of opinion, to hold:
vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:
volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:
vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:
alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:
vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:
volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
(γ).
To say, assert:
si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:
sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:
ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:
Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
(δ).
To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:
unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
(ε).
To mean, with perf. inf.:
utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:
quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
(ζ).
Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:
ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
9.
In partic.
a.
With things as subjects.
(α).
Things personified:
ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:
cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:
quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:
me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:
hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—
(β).
Of laws, to provide:
duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:
lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
b.
With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
(α).
The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:
nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:
propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:
daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:
sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
(β).
With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:
aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:
eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:
nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:
rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:
Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;
26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:
si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:
velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:
liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:
obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:
quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:
quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:
volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
c.
With predic. adj., without copula.
(α).
The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):
si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:
ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:
ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:
quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:
irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
(β).
Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):
in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:
qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:
ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
d.
With an inf.-clause understood.
(α).
Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:
stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:
senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:
neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
(β).
Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:
deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
(γ).
To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):
acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
(δ).
To require, demand (v B. 7.):
veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;
and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—
(ε).
To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):
ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:
nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
(ζ).
With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
C.
With ut, ne, or ut ne.
1.
With ut.
a.
To wish:
volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:
quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:
ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:
velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:
quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:
equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:
his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
b.
It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):
at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:
volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;
12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
c.
To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:
id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
d.
With other verbs:
quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:
quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;
with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;
with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;
with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—
2.
With ne:
at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:
quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:
credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
3.
With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
D.
With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
1.
To wish:
ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:
volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:
hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:
ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:
quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:
volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:
Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:
eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:
visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:
volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
2.
To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:
volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—
3.
With subj.-clause understood:
abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
E.
With object nouns, etc.
1.
With acc. of a thing.
a.
With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:
voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:
animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:
quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,
gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:
aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:
discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:
mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):
si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:
pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:
ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:
cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:
mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
b.
Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:
quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:
voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:
restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:
si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:
per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:
ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:
utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:
ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:
quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
c.
With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:
immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:
proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:
nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:
siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:
hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:
privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:
quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:
pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:
nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:
hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:
hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
d.
With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:
eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:
sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:
mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:
quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:
capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:
sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:
quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:
hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—
e.
With rel. pron.:
quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:
ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:
illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:
si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:
multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:
quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:
quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:
uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:
sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:
illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:
bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:
cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:
Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
f.
With indef. pronn.
(α).
Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:
eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
(β).
Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:
ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:
nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
(γ).
Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:
visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:
numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:
numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:
frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:
rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
2.
With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
(α).
To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):
Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:
bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:
solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:
quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:
hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:
quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:
centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):
volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:
sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:
Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
(β).
To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):
hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:
sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:
quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:
aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:
quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
(γ).
To wish to have:
roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:
ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—
With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
3.
With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;
not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:
face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:
num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:
nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:
narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:
quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:
numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:
quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:
si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:
cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):
paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:
est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
4.
With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;
rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:
si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:
praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:
nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:
cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
a.
Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):
quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:
haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
b.
What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
(α).
In 1 st pers. (rare):
nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:
quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
(β).
In 2 d pers.:
quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:
quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:
quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:
quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:
quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:
roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:
pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
(γ).
In 3 d pers.:
quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:
quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:
proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:
quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:
conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:
qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:
quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
(δ).
Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:
ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:
quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:
quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §
186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:
quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:
tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—
5.
Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:
jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:
ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:
egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:
nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:
quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:
atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:
utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:
non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:
nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:
illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
6.
With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
(α).
With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:
repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:
accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
(β).
Without omnia:
per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:
sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:
etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:
valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:
illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;
12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:
regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
7.
With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:
meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:
nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:
nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:
saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
F.
Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:
quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:
quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:
in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:
tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:
quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:
sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:
velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:
velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
II.
In partic.
A.
Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
1.
In imperative sentences.
a.
In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:
nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:
nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:
noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
b.
Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:
neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—
c.
In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;
rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:
di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:
credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
d.
In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:
aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:
monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:
et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):
legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:
a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:
utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:
cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:
edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
2.
In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:
non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:
si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:
si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:
si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:
dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;
so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:
qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:
conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:
quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:
ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;
Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:
ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:
quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:
nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
3.
In declarative sentences.
a.
Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):
vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:
justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:
illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:
illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:
quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:
esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
b.
With pres. inf.:
propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:
sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
c.
With perf. act. inf.:
pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
d.
In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:
eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:
si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §
114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:
talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:
utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:
sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
B.
Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
1.
With verb in the second person.
a.
With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
(α).
As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:
ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:
eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:
eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:
velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:
tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:
velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:
tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:
haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:
Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
(β).
Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):
vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:
quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:
ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;
so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
b.
With infinitive clause.
(α).
With the force of a modest imperative:
sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:
extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):
itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
(β).
As a mere wish:
velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:
primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:
hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
With ut (rare):
de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
d.
With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
2.
With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
a.
With pres. subj.:
ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:
de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:
velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:
sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:
nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:
tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:
velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
b.
With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):
nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
With inf.-clause:
ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:
velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;
deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:
moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:
nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
3.
With verb in the first person.
a.
With inf. pres. (so most freq.):
atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:
velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:
quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:
nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:
sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:
interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:
ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
c.
With subj. pres.:
eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
4.
Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:
aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:
velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:
si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:
nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:
si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
5.
The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
a.
Velis.
(α).
Imperatively = cupito:
quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:
atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—
(β).
Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
(γ).
Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
b.
Velit.
(α).
Modestly for vult:
te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:
ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
(β).
= imperative of third person:
arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
Velimus.
(α).
In the optative sense of velim:
sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
(β).
With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
d.
Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):
novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:
rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:
velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:
velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:
rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:
vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.
in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—
e.
Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
C.
Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:
de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:
quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
1.
With verb in first person.
a.
With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:
videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:
vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:
quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:
nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:
tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:
maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:
sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
b.
With perf. inf., I wish I had:
abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:
maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:
quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:
non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:
ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —
c.
With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
d.
With subj. imperf. (rare):
quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
2.
The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
a.
With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):
hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:
quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
b.
With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:
vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:
quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:
vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:
quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
c.
With ne and pluperf. subj.:
tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
d.
With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
3.
With verb in third person.
a.
With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:
vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:
vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:
vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:
vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
b.
With pluperf. subj.:
vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:
vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:
quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
c.
With inf.-clause.
(α).
With inf. pres., I wish he were:
quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:
nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—
(β).
With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:
quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—
With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
d.
With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
4.
With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:
aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
5.
In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
a.
Velles.
(α).
In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
(β).
Of an indefinite subject:
velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
b.
Vellet.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;
sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—
(β).
Conditionally:
quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—
c.
Vellent.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem:
quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—
(β).
Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
D.
Volam and voluero.
1.
In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;
si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
2.
Volam in principal sentences.
(α).
= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:
et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
(β).
Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
3.
In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:
quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:
tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:
qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:
quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:
invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:
quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
E.
Si vis, parenthetically.
1.
If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):
paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:
audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:
dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
2.
If you wish, choose, insist upon it:
hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:
addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:
concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
F.
Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
1.
3 d pers. sing.:
quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:
quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
2.
1 st pers. plur.:
quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
3.
2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;
but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
4.
3 d pers. plur.:
quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:
quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;
but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
G.
Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):
quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:
malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:
famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.
H.
With magis and maxime.
1.
Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
2.
With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):
quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:
caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:
tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:
alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:
si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
K.
In disjunctive co - ordination.
1.
With sive... sive:
tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:
itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
2.
Without connectives.
a.
Vis tu... vis:
congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
b.
Velim nolim.
(α).
Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:
velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
(β).
= seu velim seu nolim:
ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:
mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:
hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:
velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:
praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
A.
As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
1.
Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;
rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:
nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:
Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:
scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:
si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
2.
Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):
ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,
Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:
ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
B.
As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
1.
Attributively.
a.
In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):
sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:
cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:
virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—
b.
Volenti animo.
(α).
= cupide, eagerly:
Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —
(β).
On purpose, intentionally:
consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—
2.
Predicatively.
a.
Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
(α).
Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):
(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:
quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:
quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:
si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:
quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:
itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:
(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:
volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;
12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
(β).
Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:
precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:
precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:
in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:
agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:
omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:
si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
b.
Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:
quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:
is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:
gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:
me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:
saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
c.
In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;
rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:
quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:
grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:
quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:
si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:
si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
3.
As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
a.
vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
(α).
One who wishes:
nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:
consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:
quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:
discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:
nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:
mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—
(β).
One who intends, is about:
juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:
si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
(γ).
One who is willing:
non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:
ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
(δ).
One who consents:
tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:
quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:
si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:
nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
(ε).
One who does a thing voluntarily:
pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:
parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—
(ζ).
Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:
hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
b.
In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:
Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:
haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:
iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
2.
vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
I.
Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):
aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:
accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:
corvi,
id. 2, 822:
altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:
volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:
columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:
apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:
volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:
sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
2.
P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
II.
Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:
i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:
per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:
illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:
currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:
axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:
nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:
fulmina,
id. 2, 213:
tempestates,
id. 6, 612:
telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:
litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:
volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:
fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:
et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:
ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.
3.
vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):
volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:
volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:
vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo
8 from

preposition

1) (expr. starting point) von; (from within) aus

[come] from Paris/Munich — aus Paris/München [kommen]

from Paris to Munich — von Paris nach München

where have you come from? — woher kommen Sie?

2) (expr. beginning) von

from the year 1972 we never saw him again — seit 1972 haben wir ihn nie mehr [wieder]gesehen

from tomorrow [until...] — von morgen an [bis...]

start work from 2 August — am 2. August anfangen zu arbeiten

from now on — von jetzt an

from then on — seitdem

3) (expr. lower limit) von

blouses [ranging] from £2 to £5 — Blusen [im Preis] zwischen 2 und 5 Pfund

dresses from £20 [upwards] — Kleider von 20 Pfund aufwärts od. ab 20 Pfund

from 4 to 6 eggs — 4 bis 6 Eier

from the age of 18 [upwards] — ab 18 Jahre od. Jahren

from a child — (since childhood) schon als Kind

4) (expr. distance) von

be a mile from something — eine Meile von etwas entfernt sein

away from home — von zu Hause weg

5) (expr. removal, avoidance) von; (expr. escape) vor (+ Dat.)

6) (expr. change) von

from... to... — von... zu...; (relating to price) von... auf...

from crisis to crisis, from one crisis to another — von einer Krise zur anderen

7) (expr. source, origin) aus

pick apples from a tree — Äpfel vom Baum pflücken

buy everything from the same shop — alles im selben Laden kaufen

where do you come from?, where are you from? — woher kommen Sie?

from the country — vom Land

8) (expr. viewpoint) von [... aus]

9) (expr. giver, sender) von

take it from me that... — lass dir gesagt sein, dass...

10) (after the model of)

painted from life/nature — nach dem Leben/nach der Natur gemalt

11) (expr. reason, cause)

she was weak from hunger/tired from so much work — sie war schwach vor Hunger/müde von der vielen Arbeit

from what I can see/have heard... — wie ich das sehe/wie ich gehört habe,...

12) with adv. von [unten, oben, innen, außen]

13) with prep.

from behind/under[neath] something — hinter/unter etwas (Dat.) hervor

* * *
[from]
preposition

1) (used before the place, thing, person, time etc that is the point at which an action, journey, period of time etc begins: from Europe to Asia; from Monday to Friday; a letter from her father.) von

2) (used to indicate that from which something or someone comes: a quotation from Shakespeare.) von

3) (used to indicate separation: Take it from him.) von

4) (used to indicate a cause or reason: He is suffering from a cold.) an,von

* * *

from

[frɒm, frəm, AM frɑ:m, frəm]

prep

1. (off) von + dat

please get me that letter \from the table gib mir bitte den Brief von dem Tisch; (out of) aus + dat

he took a handkerchief \from his pocket er nahm ein Taschentuch aus seiner Hosentasche

after vb

I'm so happy that the baby eats \from the table already ich bin so froh, dass das Baby jetzt schon am Tisch isst

2. (as seen from) von dat... [aus]

you can see the island \from here von hier aus kann man die Insel sehen; ( fig)

she was talking \from her own experience of the problem sie sprach aus eigener Erfahrung mit dem Problem

\from sb's point of view aus jds Sicht

3. after vb (as starting location) von + dat

the wind comes \from the north der Wind kommt von Norden

a flight leaving \from the nearest airport ein Flug vom nächstgelegenen Flughafen

after n

the flight \from Amsterdam der Flug von Amsterdam

the water bubbled out \from the spring das Wasser sprudelte aus der Quelle

▪ \from sth to sth (between places) von etw dat nach etw dat

my dad goes often \from Washington to Florida mein Vater reist oft von Washington nach Florida; (indicating desultoriness) von etw dat in etw dat

the woman walked \from room to room die Frau lief vom einen Raum in den anderen

4. (as starting time) von + dat

, ab + dat

the price will rise by 3p a litre \from tomorrow der Preis steigt ab morgen um 3 Pence pro Liter

\from the thirteenth century aus dem dreizehnten Jahrhundert

▪ \from sth to sth von etw dat bis etw dat

the show will run \from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. die Show dauert von 10.00 Uhr bis 14.00 Uhr

\from start to finish vom Anfang bis zum Ende

\from day to day von Tag zu Tag, täglich

her strength improved steadily \from day to day sie wurden jeden Tag ein bisschen stärker

\from hour to hour von Stunde zu Stunde, stündlich

\from time to time von Zeit zu Zeit, ab und zu

\from that day [or time] on[wards] von diesem Tag [an], seitdem

they were friends \from that day on seit diesem Tag sind sie Freunde

\from now/then on von da an, seither

as \from... esp BRIT ab... + dat

as \from 1 January, a free market will be created ab dem 1. Januar haben wir einen freien Markt

5. (as starting condition) bei + dat

prices start \from £2.99 die Preise beginnen bei 2,99 Pfund

▪ \from sth to sth von etw dat auf etw dat

the number has risen \from 25 to 200 in three years die Anzahl ist in drei Jahren von 25 auf 200 gestiegen

she translated into German \from the Latin text sie übersetzte aus dem Lateinischen ins Deutsche

things went \from bad to worse die Situation wurde noch schlimmer

\from strength to strength immer besser

she has gone \from strength to strength sie eilte von Erfolg zu Erfolg

tickets will cost \from $10 to $45 die Karten kosten zwischen 10 und 45 Dollar

\from soup to nuts alles zusammen

the whole dinner, \from soup to nuts, costs $55 das ganze Essen mit allem drum und dran kostet 55 Dollar

anything \from geography to history alles von A bis Z

6. after n (at distance to) von + dat

we're about a mile \from home wir sind ca. eine Meile von zu Hause entfernt

a day's walk \from her camping spot eine Tageswanderung von ihrem Zeltplatz

▪ \from sth to sth von etw dat zu etw dat

it's about two kilometres \from the airport to your hotel der Flughafen ist rund zwei Kilometer vom Hotel entfernt

7. (originating in)

▪ \from sth aus + dat

though \from working-class parents, he made it to the Fortune 500 list obwohl er als Arbeiterkind aufwuchs, ist er heute unter den 500 Reichsten der Welt

my mother is \from France meine Mutter stammt aus Frankreich

I'm \from New York ich komme aus New York

daylight comes \from the sun das Tageslicht kommt von der Sonne

8. after vb (in temporary location) von + dat

, aus + dat

he hasn't returned \from work yet er ist noch nicht von der Arbeit zurück

she called him \from the hotel sie rief mich aus dem Hotel an

after adj

they're here fresh \from the States sie sind gerade aus den USA angekommen

after n

his return \from the army was celebrated seine Rückkehr aus der Armee wurde gefeiert

▪ sb \from sth von + dat

they sent someone \from the local newspaper sie schickten jemanden von der örtlichen Zeitung

9. after vb (as source) von + dat

can I borrow $10 \from you? kann ich mir 10 Dollar von dir leihen?

the vegetables come \from an organic farm das Gemüse kommt von einem Biobauernhof

after n

▪ sth \from sb [to sb/sth] etw von jdm (für jdn/etw)

I wonder who this card is \from ich frage mich, von wem wohl diese Karte ist

this is a present \from me to you das ist ein Geschenk von mir für dich

10. (made of)

▪ \from sth aus etw dat

the seats are made \from leather die Sitze sind aus Leder

after n

in America, most people buy toys \from plastic in Amerika kaufen die meisten Leute Spielzeug aus Plastik

11. after vb (removed from) aus + dat

to extract usable fuel \from crude oil verwertbaren Brennstoff aus Rohöl gewinnen

they took the child \from its parents sie nahmen das Kind von seinen Eltern weg

after adj

he knows right \from wrong er kann gut und böse unterscheiden

sth [subtracted] \from sth MATH etw minus etw dat

three \from sixteen is thirteen sechzehn minus drei ist dreizehn

12. (considering) aufgrund + gen

, wegen + gen

to conclude \from the evidence that aufgrund des Beweismaterials zu dem Schluss kommen, dass

to make a conclusion from sth wegen einer S. gen zu einem Schluss kommen

information obtained \from papers and books Informationen aus Zeitungen und Büchern

\from looking at the clouds, I would say it's going to rain wenn ich mir die Wolken so ansehe, würde ich sagen, es wird Regen geben

13. after vb (caused by) an + dat

he died \from his injuries er starb an seinen Verletzungen

she suffers \from arthritis sie leidet unter Arthritis

▪ to do sth \from sth etw aus etw dat tun

he did it \from jealousy er hat es aus Eifersucht getan

▪ to do sth \from doing sth etw durch etw akk tun

she made her fortune \from investing in property sie hat ihr Vermögen durch Investitionen in Grundstücke gemacht

after adj

to get sick \from salmonella sich akk mit Salmonellen infizieren

after n

to reduce the risk \from radiation das Risiko einer Verstrahlung reduzieren

they got a lot of happiness \from hearing the news sie haben sich über die Neuigkeiten unheimlich gefreut

14. after vb (indicating protection) vor + dat

to guard sb \from sth jdn vor etw dat schützen

they insulated their house \from the cold sie dämmten ihr Haus gegen die Kälte

after n

they found shelter \from the storm sie fanden Schutz vor dem Sturm

15. after vb (indicating prevention) vor + dat

the truth was kept \from the public die Wahrheit wurde vor der Öffentlichkeit geheim gehalten

the bank loan saved her company \from bankruptcy das Bankdarlehen rettete die Firma vor der Pleite

he saved him \from death er rettete ihm das Leben

he has been banned \from driving for six months er darf sechs Monate lang nicht Auto fahren

▪ \from doing sth von etw dat

he boss tried to discourage her \from looking for a new job ihr Chef versuchte, sie davon abzubringen, nach einem neuen Job zu suchen

16. after vb (indicating distinction) von + dat

conditions vary \from one employer to another die Bedingungen sind von Arbeitgeber zu Arbeitgeber unterschiedlich

he knows his friends \from his enemies er kann seine Freunde von seinen Feinden unterscheiden

after adj

his opinion could hardly be more different \from mine unsere Meinungen könnten kaum noch unterschiedlicher sein

17.

▶ \from the bottom of one's heart aus tiefstem Herzen

* * *
[frɒm]
prep

1) (indicating starting place) von (+dat); (indicating place of origin) aus (+dat)

he/the train has come from London — er/der Zug ist von London gekommen

he/it comes or is from Germany — er/es kommt or ist aus Deutschland

where have you come from today? — von wo sind Sie heute gekommen?

where does he come from?, where is he from? — woher kommt or stammt er?

the train from Manchester — der Zug aus Manchester

the train from Manchester to London — der Zug von Manchester nach London

he's on the phone from London — er ruft aus London an

from house to house — von Haus zu Haus

a representative from the company — ein Vertreter/eine Vertreterin der Firma

2) (indicating time, in past) seit (+dat); (in future) ab (+dat), von (+dat)... an

from last week until or to yesterday — von letzter Woche bis gestern

from... on — ab...

from now on — von jetzt an, ab jetzt

from then on — von da an; (in past also) seither

from his childhood — von Kindheit an, von klein auf

he comes from time to time — er kommt von Zeit zu Zeit

as from the 6th May — vom 6. Mai an, ab (dem) 6. Mai

5 years from now — in 5 Jahren

3) (indicating distance) von (+dat) (... weg); (from town etc) von (+dat)... (entfernt)

the house is 10 km from the coast — das Haus ist 10 km von der Küste entfernt

to work away from home — außer Haus arbeiten

4) (indicating sender, giver) von (+dat)

tell him from me —

an invitation from the Smiths — eine Einladung von den Smiths

"from..." (on envelope, parcel) — "Absender...", "Abs...."

5) (indicating removal) von (+dat); (= out of from pocket, cupboard etc) aus (+dat)

to take/grab etc sth from sb — jdm etw wegnehmen/wegreißen etc

to steal sth from sb — jdm etw stehlen

he took it from the top/middle/bottom of the pile — er nahm es oben vom Stapel/aus der Mitte des Stapels/unten vom Stapel weg

6) (indicating source) von (+dat); (= out of) aus (+dat)

where did you get that from? — wo hast du das her?, woher hast du das?

I got it from the supermarket/the library/Kathy — ich habe es aus dem Supermarkt/aus der Bücherei/von Kathy

to drink from a stream/glass — aus einem Bach/Glas trinken

quotation from "Hamlet"/the Bible/Shakespeare — Zitat nt aus "Hamlet"/aus der Bibel/nach Shakespeare

memories from his childhood — Erinnerungen aus seiner Kindheit

translated from the English — aus dem Englischen übersetzt

made from... — aus... hergestellt

7) (= modelled on) nach (+dat)

painted from life — nach dem Leben gemalt

8) (indicating lowest amount) ab (+dat)

from £2/the age of 16 (upwards) — ab £ 2/16 Jahren (aufwärts)

dresses (ranging) from £60 to £80 — Kleider pl zwischen £ 60 und £ 80

9)

(indicating escape) he fled from the enemy — er floh vor dem Feind

he got away from his pursuers — er entkam seinen Verfolgern

he ran away from home — er rannte von zu Hause weg

he escaped from prison — er entkam aus dem Gefängnis

10)

(indicating change) things went from bad to worse — es wurde immer schlimmer

he went from office boy to director — er stieg vom Laufjungen zum Direktor auf

a price increase from one euro to two euros — eine Preiserhöhung von einem auf zwei Euro

11)

(indicating difference) he is quite different from the others — er ist ganz anders als die andern

to tell black from white — Schwarz und Weiß auseinanderhalten

I like all sports, from swimming to wrestling — ich mag alle Sportarten, von Schwimmen bis Ringen

12)

(= because of, due to) to act from compassion — aus Mitleid handeln

to die from cancer — an Krebs sterben

weak from hunger — schwach vor Hunger

weak from loss of blood — vom Blutverlust geschwächt

13)

(= on the basis of) from experience — aus Erfahrung

to judge from recent reports... — nach neueren Berichten zu urteilen...

from your point of view — von Ihrem Standpunkt aus (gesehen)

to conclude from the information — aus den Informationen einen Schluss ziehen, von den Informationen schließen

from what I heard —

from what I can see... — nach dem, was ich sehen kann...

from the look of things... — (so) wie die Sache aussieht...

14) (MATH)

3 from 8 leaves 5 — 8 weniger 3 ist 5

take 12 from 18 — nimm 12 von 18 weg

£10 will be deducted from your account — £ 10 werden von Ihrem Konto abgebucht

15)

(in set phrases, see also other element) to prevent/stop sb from doing sth — jdn daran hindern/davon zurückhalten, etw zu tun

he prevented me from coming — er hielt mich davon ab, zu kommen

to suffer from sth — an etw (dat) leiden

to shelter from the rain — sich vor dem Regen unterstellen

to protect sb from sth — jdn vor etw (dat) schützen

16) +adv von

from inside/underneath — von innen/unten

17) +prep

from above or over/across sth — über etw (acc) hinweg

from beneath or underneath sth — unter etw (dat) hervor

from out of sth —

from before his mother's death — aus der Zeit vor dem Tod seiner Mutter

from among the trees — zwischen den Bäumen hervor

from inside/outside the house — von drinnen/draußen

from beyond the grave — aus dem Jenseits

* * *

from [frɒm; unbetont frəm; US frɑm; frəm] präp

1. von, aus, von … aus oder her, aus … heraus, von oder aus … herab:

from the well aus dem Brunnen;

from the sky vom Himmel;

he is ( oder comes) from London er ist oder kommt aus London;

from crisis to crisis von einer Krise in die andere

2. von, von … an, seit:

from 2 to 4 o’clock von 2 bis 4 Uhr;

from day to day von Tag zu Tag;

a month from today heute in einem Monat;

from Monday (onward[s]) Br, from Monday on US ab Montag

3. von … an:

I saw from 10 to 20 boats ich sah 10 bis 20 Boote;

good wines from £5 gute Weine von 5 Pfund an (aufwärts)

4. (weg oder entfernt) von:

ten miles from Rome 10 Meilen von Rom (weg oder entfernt)

5. von, aus, aus … heraus:

he took it from me er nahm es mir weg;

stolen from the shop (the table) aus dem Laden (vom Tisch) gestohlen;

they released him from prison sie entließen ihn aus dem Gefängnis

6. von, aus (Wandlung):

change from red to green von Rot zu Grün übergehen;

from dishwasher to millionaire vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär;

an increase from 5 to 8 per cent eine Steigerung von 5 auf 8 Prozent

7. von (Unterscheidung):

he does not know black from white er kann Schwarz und Weiß nicht auseinanderhalten, er kann Schwarz und oder von Weiß nicht unterscheiden; → academic.ru/637/Adam">Adam, different 2, tell A 8

8. von, aus, aus … heraus (Quelle):

draw a conclusion from the evidence einen Schluss aus dem Beweismaterial ziehen;

from what he said nach dem, was er sagte;

a quotation from Shakespeare ein Zitat aus Shakespeare;

he has three children from previous marriages aus früheren Ehen;

four points from four games SPORT vier Punkte aus vier Spielen

9. von, von … aus (Stellung):

from his point of view von seinem Standpunkt (aus)

10. von (Geben etc):

a gift from his son ein Geschenk seines Sohnes oder von seinem Sohn

11. nach:

painted from nature nach der Natur gemalt;

from a novel by … ( FILM, TV) nach einem Roman von …

12. aus, vor (dat), wegen (gen), infolge von, an (dat) (Grund):

he died from fatigue er starb vor Erschöpfung

13. siehe die Verbindungen mit den einzelnen Verben etc

f. abk

1. SCHIFF fathom

2. feet pl

3. LING female

4. feminine

5. following

6. foot

7. PHYS frequency

8. from

fm abk

1. fathom

2. from

fr. abk

1. fragment

2. franc

3. from

* * *

preposition

1) (expr. starting point) von; (from within) aus

[come] from Paris/Munich — aus Paris/München [kommen]

from Paris to Munich — von Paris nach München

where have you come from? — woher kommen Sie?

2) (expr. beginning) von

from the year 1972 we never saw him again — seit 1972 haben wir ihn nie mehr [wieder]gesehen

from tomorrow [until...] — von morgen an [bis...]

start work from 2 August — am 2. August anfangen zu arbeiten

from now on — von jetzt an

from then on — seitdem

3) (expr. lower limit) von

blouses [ranging] from £2 to £5 — Blusen [im Preis] zwischen 2 und 5 Pfund

dresses from £20 [upwards] — Kleider von 20 Pfund aufwärts od. ab 20 Pfund

from 4 to 6 eggs — 4 bis 6 Eier

from the age of 18 [upwards] — ab 18 Jahre od. Jahren

from a child — (since childhood) schon als Kind

4) (expr. distance) von

be a mile from something — eine Meile von etwas entfernt sein

away from home — von zu Hause weg

5) (expr. removal, avoidance) von; (expr. escape) vor (+ Dat.)

6) (expr. change) von

from... to... — von... zu...; (relating to price) von... auf...

from crisis to crisis, from one crisis to another — von einer Krise zur anderen

7) (expr. source, origin) aus

pick apples from a tree — Äpfel vom Baum pflücken

buy everything from the same shop — alles im selben Laden kaufen

where do you come from?, where are you from? — woher kommen Sie?

from the country — vom Land

8) (expr. viewpoint) von [... aus]

9) (expr. giver, sender) von

take it from me that... — lass dir gesagt sein, dass...

10) (after the model of)

painted from life/nature — nach dem Leben/nach der Natur gemalt

11) (expr. reason, cause)

she was weak from hunger/tired from so much work — sie war schwach vor Hunger/müde von der vielen Arbeit

from what I can see/have heard... — wie ich das sehe/wie ich gehört habe,...

12) with adv. von [unten, oben, innen, außen]

13) with prep.

from behind/under[neath] something — hinter/unter etwas (Dat.) hervor

* * *

prep.

aus präp.

von präp.

vor präp.

English-german dictionary > from
9 ψυχή

ψυχή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; ‘life, soul’) It is oft. impossible to draw hard and fast lines in the use of this multivalent word. Gen. it is used in ref. to dematerialized existence or being, but, apart fr. other data, the fact that ψ. is also a dog’s name suggests that the primary component is not metaphysical, s. SLonsdale, Greece and Rome 26, ’79, 146–59. Without ψ. a being, whether human or animal, consists merely of flesh and bones and without functioning capability. Speculations and views respecting the fortunes of ψ. and its relation to the body find varied expression in our lit.

① life on earth in its animating aspect making bodily function possible

ⓐ (breath of) life, life-principle, soul, of animals (Galen, Protr. 13 p. 42, 27 John; Gen 9:4) Rv 8:9. As a rule of human beings (Gen 35:18; 3 Km 17:21; ApcEsdr 5:13 λαμβάνει τὴν ψυχὴν the fetus in its sixth month) Ac 20:10. When it leaves the body death occurs Lk 12:20 (cp. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 164; on the theme cp. Pind., I. 1, 67f). The soul is delivered up to death (the pass. in ref. to divine initiative), i.e. into a condition in which it no longer makes contact with the physical structure it inhabited 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12), whereupon it leaves the realm of earth and lives on in Hades (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2; Jos., Ant. 6, 332) Ac 2:27 (Ps 15:10), 31 v.l. or some other place outside the earth Rv 6:9; 20:4; ApcPt 10:25 (GrBar 10:5 τὸ πεδίον … οὗπερ ἔρχονται αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν δικαίων; ApcEsdr 7:3 ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; Himerius, Or. 8 [23]: his consecrated son [παῖς ἱερός 7] Rufinus, when he dies, leaves his σῶμα to the death-daemon, while his ψυχή goes into οὐρανός, to live w. the gods 23).—B 5:13 (s. Ps 21:21).

ⓑ the condition of being alive, earthly life, life itself (Diod S 1, 25, 6 δοῦναι τὴν ψυχήν=give life back [to the dead Horus]; 3, 26, 2; 14, 65, 2; 16, 78, 5; Jos., Ant. 18, 358 σωτηρία τῆς ψυχῆς; 14, 67; s. Reader, Polemo 354 [reff.]) ζητεῖν τὴν ψυχήν τινος Mt 2:20 (cp. Ex 4:19); Ro 11:3 (3 Km 19:10, 14). δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ (cp. Eur., Phoen. 998) Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45; John says for this τιθέναι τὴν ψυχὴν J 10:11, 15, 17, (18); 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16ab; παραδιδόναι Ac 15:26; Hs 9, 28, 2. παραβολεύεσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ Phil 2:30 (s. παραβολεύομαι). To love one’s own life (JosAs 13:1 ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου) Rv 12:11; cp. B 1:4; 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. Life as prolonged by nourishment Mt 6:25ab; Lk 12:22f. Cp. 14:26; Ac 20:24; 27:10, 22; 28:19 v.l.; Ro 16:4. S. also 2e below.

ⓒ by metonymy, that which possesses life/soul (cp. 3 below) ψυχὴ ζῶσα (s. Gen 1:24) a living creature Rv 16:3 v.l. for ζωῆς. Cp. ἐγένετο Ἀδὰμ εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7. S. πνεῦμα 5f). ψυχὴ ζωῆς Rv 16:3.

② seat and center of the inner human life in its many and varied aspects, soul

ⓐ of the desire for luxurious living (cp. the OT expressions Ps 106:9 [=ParJer 9:20, but in sense of d below]; Pr 25:25; Is 29:8; 32:6; Bar 2:18b; PsSol 4:17. But also X., Cyr. 8, 7, 4; ins in CB I/2, 477 no. 343, 5 the soul as the seat of enjoyment of the good things in life) of the rich man ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου• ψυχή, ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου Lk 12:19 (cp. PsSol 5:12; Aelian, VH 1, 32 εὐφραίνειν τὴν ψυχήν; X., Cyr. 6, 2, 28 ἡ ψυχὴ ἀναπαύσεται.—The address to the ψυχή as PsSol 3, 1; Cyranides p. 41, 27). Cp. Rv 18:14.

ⓑ of evil desires (PsSol 4:13; Tat. 23, 2) 2 Cl 16:2; 17:7.

ⓒ of feelings and emotions (Anacr., Fgm. 4 Diehl² [15 Page]; Diod S 8, 32, 3; JosAs 6:1; SibOr 3, 558; Just., D. 2, 4; Mel., P. 18, 124 al.) περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (cp. Ps 41:6, 12; 42:5) Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34. ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται J 12:27; cp. Ac 2:43 (s. 3 below).—Lk 1:46; 2:35; J 10:24; Ac 14:2, 22; 15:24; Ro 2:9; 1 Th 2:8 (τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς our hearts full of love); Hb 12:3; 2 Pt 2:8; 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11); 23:3 (scriptural quot. of unknown origin); B 3:1, 5b (s. on these two passages Is 58:3, 5, 10b); 19:3; Hm 4, 2, 2; 8:10; Hs 1:8; 7:4; D 3:9ab. ἐμεγαλύνθη ἡ ψυχή μου GJs 5:2; 19:2 (s. μεγαλύνω 1). αὔξειν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Παύλου AcPl Ha 6, 10. It is also said of God in the anthropomorphic manner of expr. used by the OT ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὸ̔ν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1); cp. Hb 10:38 (Hab 2:4).—One is to love God ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ Mt 22:37; Lk 10:27. Also ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς (Dt 6:5; 10:12; 11:13) Mk 12:30, 33 v.l. (for ἰσχύος); Lk 10:27 v.l. (Epict. 2, 23, 42; 3, 22, 18; 4, 1, 131; M. Ant. 12, 29; Sextus 379.—X., Mem. 3, 11, 10 ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ). ἐκ ψυχῆς from the heart, gladly (Jos., Ant. 17, 177.—The usual form is ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς: X., An. 7, 7, 43, Apol. 18 al.; Theocr. 8, 35) Eph 6:6; Col 3:23; ἐκ ψυχῆς σου B 3:5a (Is 58:10a); 19:6. μιᾷ ψυχῇ with one mind (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 30) Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (on the combination w. καρδία s. that word 1bη and EpArist 17); 2 Cl 12:3 (s. 1 Ch 12:39b; Diog. L. 5, 20 ἐρωτηθεὶς τί ἐστι φίλος, ἔφη• μία ψυχὴ δύο σώμασιν ἐνοικοῦσα).

ⓓ as the seat and center of life that transcends the earthly (Pla., Phd. 28, 80ab; Paus. 4, 32, 4 ἀθάνατός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου ψ.; Just., A I, 44, 9 περὶ ἀθανασίας ψυχῆς; Ath. 27, 2 ἀθάνατος οὖσα. Opp. Tat. 13, 1, who argues the state of the ψ. before the final judgment and states that it is not immortal per se but experiences the fate of the body οὐκ ἔστιν ἀθάνατος). As such it can receive divine salvation σῴζου σὺ καὶ ἡ ψυχή σου be saved, you and your soul Agr 5 (Unknown Sayings 61–64). σῴζειν τὰς ψυχάς Js 1:21. ψυχὴν ἐκ θανάτου 5:20; cp. B 19:10; Hs 6, 1, 1 (on death of the ψ. s. Achilles Tat. 7, 5, 3 τέθνηκας θάνατον διπλοῦν, ψυχῆς κ. σώματος). σωτηρία ψυχῶν 1 Pt 1:9. περιποίησις ψυχῆς Hb 10:39. It can also be lost 2 Cl 15:1; B 20:1; Hs 9, 26, 3. Humans cannot injure it, but God can hand it over to destruction Mt 10:28ab; AcPl Ha 1, 4. ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχήν (ζημιόω 1) Mt 16:26a; Mk 8:36 (FGrant, Introd. to NT Thought, ’50, 162); 2 Cl 6:2. There is nothing more precious than ψυχή in this sense Mt 16:26b; Mk 8:37. It stands in contrast to σῶμα, in so far as that is σάρξ (cp. Ar. 15, 7 οὐ κατὰ σάρκα … ἀλλὰ κατὰ ψυχήν; Tat. 15, 1 οὔτε … χωρὶς σώματος; Ath. 1, 4 τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰς ψυχάς; SIG 383, 42 [I B.C.]) Dg 6:1–9. The believer’s soul knows God 2 Cl 17:1. One Christian expresses the hope that all is well w. another’s soul 3J 2 (s. εὐοδόω). For the soul of the Christian is subject to temptations 1 Pt 2:11 and 2 Pt 2:14; longs for rest Mt 11:29 (ParJer 5:32 ὁ θεὸς … ἡ ἀνάπαυσις τῶν ψυχῶν); and must be purified 1 Pt 1:22 (cp. Jer 6:16). The soul must be entrusted to God 1 Pt 4:19; cp. 1 Cl 27:1. Christ is its ποιμὴν καὶ ἐπίσκοπος (s. ἐπίσκοπος 1) 1 Pt 2:25; its ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ προστάτης 1 Cl 61:3; its σωτήρ MPol 19:2. Apostles and congregational leaders are concerned about the souls of the believers 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17. The Christian hope is called the anchor of the soul 6:19. Paul calls God as a witness against his soul; if he is lying, he will forfeit his salvation 2 Cor 1:23.—Also life of this same eternal kind κτήσεσθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν you will gain (real) life for yourselves Lk 21:19.

ⓔ Since the soul is the center of both the earthly (1a) and the transcendent (2d) life, pers. can find themselves facing the question concerning the wish to ensure it for themselves: ὸ̔ς ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν• ὸ̔ς δʼ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, σώσει αὐτήν Mk 8:35. Cp. Mt 10:39; 16:25; Lk 9:24; 17:33; J 12:25. The contrast betw. τὴν ψυχὴν εὑρεῖν and ἀπολέσαι is found in Mt 10:39ab (s. HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 263f); 16:25b; σῶσαι and ἀπολέσαι vs. 25a; Mk 8:35ab; Lk 9:24ab; περιποιήσασθαι, ζῳογονῆσαι and ἀπολέσαι 17:33; φιλεῖν and ἀπολλύναι J 12:25a; μισεῖν and φυλάσσειν vs. 25b.

ⓕ On the combination of ψυχή and πνεῦμα in 1 Th 5:23; Hb 4:12 (Just., D. 6, 2; Tat. 15, 1 χρὴ … ζευγνύναι … τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ) s. πνεῦμα 3a, end.—A-JFestugière, L’idéal religieux des Grecs et l’Évangile ’32, 212–17.—A unique combination is … σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων, slaves and human lives Rv 18:13 (cp. Ezk 27:13; on the syntax s. Mussies 98).

ⓖ In var. Semitic languages the reflexive relationship is paraphrased with נֶפֶשׁ (Gr.-Rom. parallels in W-S. §22, 18b note 33); the corresp. use of ψυχή may be detected in certain passages in our lit., esp. in quots. fr. the OT and in places where OT modes of expr. have had considerable influence (B-D-F §283, 4; W-S. §22, 18b; Mlt. 87; 105 n. 2; Rob. 689; KHuber, Untersuchungen über d. Sprachcharakter des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 67), e.g. Mt 11:29; 26:38; Mk 10:45; 14:34; Lk 12:19; 14:26; J 10:24; 12:27; 2 Cor 1:23; 3J 2; Rv 18:14; 1 Cl 16:11 (Is 53:10); B 3:1, 3 (Is 58:3, 5); 4:2; 17:1. Cp. also 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17; GJs 2:2; 13:2; 15:3 (on these last s. ταπεινόω 2b).

③ an entity w. personhood, person ext. of 2 by metonymy (cp. 1c): πᾶσα ψυχή everyone (Epict. 1, 28, 4; Lev 7:27; 23:29 al.) Ac 2:43; 3:23 (Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; 13:1; Jd 15; 1 Cl 64; Hs 9, 18, 5.—Pl. persons, cp. our expression ‘number of souls’ (Pla. et al.; PTebt 56, 11 [II B.C.] σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς; LXX) ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι Ac 2:41; cp. 7:14 (Ex 1:5); 27:37; 1 Pt 3:20.—This may also be the place for ἔξεστιν ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι; is it permissible to rescue a person ( a human life is also poss.) or must we let the person die? Mk 3:4; Lk 6:9. Cp. 9:55 [56] v.l.—EHatch, Essays in Bibl. Gk. 1889, 112–24; ERohde, Psyche^9–10 1925; JBöhme, D. Seele u. das Ich im homer. Epos 1929; EBurton, Spirit, Soul and Flesh 1918; FRüsche, Blut, Leben u. Seele 1930; MLichtenstein, D. Wort nefeš in d. Bibel 1920; WStaples, The ‘Soul’ in the OT: JSL 44, 1928, 145–76; FBarth, La notion Paulinienne de ψυχή: RTP 44, 1911, 316–36; ChGuignebert, RHPR 9, 1929, 428–50; NSnaith, Life after Death: Int 1, ’47, 309–25; essays by OCullmann, HWolfson, WJaeger, HCadbury in Immortality and Resurrection, ed. KStendahl, ’65, 9–53; GDautzenberg, Sein Leben Bewahren ’66 (gospels); R Jewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 334–57; also lit. cited GMachemer, HSCP 95, ’93, 121, 13.—TJahn, Zum Wortfeld ‘Seele-Geist’ in der Sprache Homers (Zetemata 83) ’81.—B. 1087. New Docs 4, 38f (trichotomy). DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ψυχή
10 _гроші

better an empty purse than an empty head a dollar saved is a dollar earned every man has his price a friend in the market is better than money in the purse a full purse has many friends he that is of the opinion money will do everything may well be suspected of doing everything for money he that serves God for money will serve the devil for better wages he who pays the piper, calls the tune honour and profit lie not in one sack if you want to know the value of money, try borrowing some a light purse is a heavy purse money answers all things money doesn't grow on trees money has no smell money has wings money in the purse will always be in fashion money is a good servant, but a bad master money is the root of all evil money is the sinews of war money isn't everything money makes money money makes the man money never comes out of season money will buy everything but real happiness more money, more sin muck and money go together never loan money to a friend unless you wish to lose him never spend your money before you have it nothing but money is sweeter than honey no ear is deaf to the song that gold sings a penny soul never came to twopence sailors get their money like horses, but spend it like asses there is no dust so blinding as gold dust those who have money have trouble about it the true value of life cannot be measured in. dollars the value of money lies in what we do with it when a man says money can do anything, it's a sure sign he hasn't got any wrinkled purses make wrinkled faces you cannot serve God and Mammon

English-Ukrainian dictionary of proverbs > _гроші
11 πιστεύω

πιστεύω (Trag.+) impf. ἐπίστευον; 1 aor. ἐπίστευσα; pf. πεπίστευκα; plpf. πεπιστεύκειν Ac 14:23 (on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: fut. 3 pl. πιστευθήσονται Gen 42, 20; 1 aor. ἐπιστεύθην; pf. πεπίστευμαι (the word does not occur in Phlm, 2 Pt, 2 and 3J, Rv, MPol, or D. But it is a special favorite of J and 1J, where it is found 96 times and 9 times respectively; πίστις is not found in the gospel at all, and occurs in 1J only once, 5:4. Our lit. uses it quite predominantly in a transcendent sense, or at least w. transcendent coloring).

① to consider someth. to be true and therefore worthy of one’s trust, believe

ⓐ believe (in) someth., be convinced of someth., w. that which one believes (in) indicated

α. by acc. of thing (Soph., Oed. Rex 646 τάδε; Aristot., Analyt. Pr. 2, 23, 68b, 13 ἅπαντα; PSI 494, 14 μηθέν; UPZ 70, 29 [152/151 B.C.] π. τὰ ἐνύπνια; ApcEsdr 7:12 p. 32, 26 τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο) ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα πιστεύει 1 Cor 13:7. πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην we believe in the love 1J 4:16. πιστεύεις τοῦτο; J 11:26b. Cp. Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν our testimony was believed 2 Th 1:10b (cp. Aristot., EN 10, 2 p. 1172b, 15 ἐπιστεύοντο οἱ λόγοι; Gen 42:20).

β. by means of a ὅτι-clause believe that (Plut., Mor. 210d; Aelian, VH 1, 16 p. 8, 9; Herm. Wr. 4, 4: Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24; PLond III, 897, 12 p. 207 [I A.D.]; Tob 10:8 S; Job 9:16; 15:31; 39:12; La 4:12; 4 Macc 7:19; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 18 [Stone p. 48]; ParJer 6:7; Just., A I, 18, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 16) μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις Lk 1:45 (ὅτι here may=for: s. ὅτι 4b).—Mk 11:23; cp. vs. 24; J 8:24 (ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι as Is 43:10); 11:27, 42; 13:19; 14:10; 16:27, 30; 17:8, 21; 20:31a; Ac 9:26; Ro 6:8; 10:9; 1 Th 4:14; Hb 11:6; Js 2:19a; 1J 5:1, 5; Hv 3, 8, 4; 4, 2, 4; m 1:1; 6, 2, 10b; Hs 2:5.—[ὅτι εἷς θεός] καὶ εἷς χριστός AcPl Ha 1, 17; AcPlCor 1:8. π. περί τινος ὅτι believe concerning someone that J 9:18 (M. Ant. 1, 15, 5 πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ=believe concerning whatever he might say, that it was what he actually thought; Just., D. 10, 1 π. ἡμῶν• ὅτι ἐσθίομεν ἀνθρώπους.—π. περί τινος as Plut., Lyc. 19, 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 267).

γ. by the acc. and inf. (pres. Pla., Gorg. 524a; PTebt 314, 3 [II A.D.]; 4 Macc 5:25; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 160; Just., A I, 8, 2 al.; Ath. 20, 3) πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 8:37b.—GMary 463, 8.—IRo 10:2.—By the inf. (Thu 2, 22, 1; Job 15:22; AscIs 2:10 εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβῆναι) πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11 (difft. JNolland, NTS 27, ’80, 112f [inf. of result: ‘we believe (in order) to be saved’]).—By the acc. and ptc. ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύω ὄντα I believe that he was in the flesh ISm 3:1.

δ. by means of the dat. of thing give credence to, believe (Aeschyl., Pers. 786 θεῶν θεσφάτοισιν; Soph., Phil. 1374 τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, El. 886; Pla., Phd. 88c, Leg. 7, 798d; Polyb. 5, 42, 9; 9, 33, 1; Herodian 7, 5, 5 ἐλπίδι κρείττονι; BGU 674, 6 τῷ λόγῳ; 2 Ch 9:6 τοῖς λόγοις; Ps 105:24; Pr 14:15; Sir 19:15; En 104:13 ταῖς βίβλοις; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 τοῖς κενοῖς λογισμοῖς, Virt. 68 the sayings of God; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 286, Ant. 10, 39 τ. λόγοις; Tat. 18, 2 ὕλης οἰκονομία; Ath. 30, 2 ταῖς γοναῖς τοῦ Διό; Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 4] ἡ ἐκκλησία … π. τούτοις [sc. κήρυγμα and πίστις]) οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου Lk 1:20 (cp. Iambl., ViPyth. 28, 148 περὶ θεῶν μηδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἀπιστεῖν ‘concerning the gods nothing is so marvelous that it should occasion unbelief’). τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ J 2:22. Cp. 4:50; 5:47ab. τοῖς γεγραμμένοις Ac 24:14 (Diod S 16, 52, 7 πιστεύσαντες τοῖς γεγραμμένοις). τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 11:1 (Diod S 1, 53, 10 τῇ τοῦ προρρήσει πιστεύειν; 19, 90, 3). τῷ ψεύδει, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 2 Th 2:11, 12. τῇ καταλαλιᾷ Hm 2:2. τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν (Is 53:1; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 14 π. ἀκοῇ πρεσβυτέρων) J 12:38; Ro 10:16; 1 Cl 16:3. τοῖς ἔργοις J 10:38b (=their testimony); Hm 6, 2, 10a (that they are good and must be followed).—Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τῷ λόγῳ μου they believed my word Hm 3:3.

ε. w. prepositional expressions: εἰς Ro 4:18, if εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτόν here is dependent on ἐπίστευσεν. πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν believe in the witness 1J 5:10c. ὁ Χριστιανισμὸς οὐκ εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ἐπίστευσεν the Christian way of life/Christianity did not commit itself to the Judean way/Judaism (s. Hdb. ad loc.) I Mg 10:3a; cp. b (Χριστιανισμόν, εἰς ὸ̔ν πᾶσα γλῶσσα πιστεύσασα). On πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος s. 2aβ below. πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ believe in the gospel (so Ps 105:12 ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Rather in the sense ‘put one’s trust in’ Sir 32:21 μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ. See B-D-F §187, 6; Rob. 540. ALoisy, Les Évangiles synopt. I 1907, 430; 434; comm.) Mk 1:15 (Hofmann understands it as ‘on the basis of’, Wohlenberg ‘bei’; Lohmeyer is undecided; Dssm. and Mlt. 67f ‘in the sphere of’; s. p. 235). ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ οὐ πιστεύω IPhld 8:2 (s. Bihlmeyer ad loc.).—ἐπί τινι: πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16).

ⓑ w. the pers. to whom one gives credence or whom one believes, in the dat. (Demosth. 18, 10; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 14 p. 1390a, 32; Polyb. 15, 26, 6 τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Herodian 2, 1, 10; PHib 72, 18; POxy 898, 29; PTebt 418, 15; Ex 4:1, 5; 3 Km 10:7; 2 Ch 32:15; Tob 2:14; Jer 47:14; JosAs 13:10; Philo, Praem. 49; Just., A I, 33, 5, D 7, 2 al.) τοῖς θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they did not believe those who saw him after he was raised from the dead Mk 16:14. Cp. Mt 21:25, 32abc; Mk 11:31; 16:13; Lk 20:5; J 5:46a; Ac 8:12; 26:27a (τ. προφήταις as Jos., Ant. 11, 96); 1J 4:1; Hm 6, 1, 2ab.—Also of Jesus and God whom one believes, in that one accepts their disclosures without doubt or contradiction: Jesus: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 5:38, 46b; 6:30; 8:45, 46; 10:37, 38a. God: J 5:24; Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6), 17 κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ (= κατέναντι θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6 (all three Gen 15:6). ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1J 5:10b. AcPl Ha 3, 7.

ⓒ w. pers. and thing added π. τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth. (X., Apol. 15 μηδὲ ταῦτα εἰκῇ πιστεύσητε τῷ θεῷ) Hm 6, 2, 6.—W. dat. of pers. and ὅτι foll. (ApcEsdr 4:35 p. 29, 12 Tdf.): πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11a. Cp. 4:21; Ac 27:25.

ⓓ abs. (in which case the context supplies the obj., etc.; cp. ParJer 7:19 γέγονε δὲ τοῦτο, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν) ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ• ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, μὴ πιστεύσητε do not believe (him or it [the statement]) Mt 24:23; cp. vs. 26; Mk 13:21; Lk 22:67; J 3:12ab; 10:25f; 12:47 v.l.; 14:29; 16:31; 19:35; 20:8, 25; cp. GJs 19:3. J 20:29ab πιστεύσαντες those who have nevertheless believed (it=the fact of the Resurrection); Ac 4:4; 26:27b; 1 Cor 11:18 πιστεύω I believe (it=that there are divisions among you); 15:11; Js 2:19b even the daemons believe this; Jd 5. Pass. καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται with (or in) the heart men believe (it=that Jesus was raised fr. the dead) Ro 10:10.

ⓔ believe = let oneself be influenced κατά τινος against someone Pol 6:1.

ⓕ πιστεύομαι I am believed, I enjoy confidence (X., An. 7, 6, 33; Diod S 5, 80, 4 τοῖς μάλιστα πιστευομένοις ἐπηκολουθήσαμεν; 17, 32, 1; 1 Km 27:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 114; PGM 12, 279 πιστευθήσῃ=you will be believed) of Eve παρθένος πιστεύεται people believe that she is a virgin Dg 12:8, or perh. a virgin is entrusted (to someone without fear). S. 3 below.

② to entrust oneself to an entity in complete confidence, believe (in), trust, w. implication of total commitment to the one who is trusted. In our lit. God and Christ are objects of this type of faith that relies on their power and nearness to help, in addition to being convinced that their revelations or disclosures are true. The obj. is

ⓐ given

α. in the dat. (cp. Soph., Philoct. 1374 θεοῖς πιστ.; X., Mem. 1, 1, 5; Ps.-Pla., Epinom. 980c πιστεύσας τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχου; Ptolem. Lagi [300 B.C.]: 138 Fgm. 8 Jac.; Maximus Tyr. 3, 8k τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι; Epict., app. E, 10 p. 488 Sch. θεῷ; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 18 πῶς Διονύσῳ πιστεύσω; how can I trust D.?; UPZ 144, 12 [164 B.C.] τ. θεοῖς; Jdth 14:10; Wsd 16:26; 4 Macc 7:21 al. in LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 πιστεύειν θεῷ, Rer. Div. Her. 92 μόνῳ θεῷ, Op. M. 45, Sacr. Abel. 70 τῷ σωτήρι θεῷ, Abr. 269, Mos. 1, 225, Virt. 216 [on faith in Philo s. Bousset, Rel.³ 446ff; EHatch, Essays in Biblical Gk. 1889, 83ff; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT⁴ 1927; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1908, ²1925; HWindisch, Die Frömmigkeit Philos 1909, 23ff; HWolfson, Philo ’47 I, 143–56, esp. II, 215–18; WPeisker, D. Glaubensbegriff bei Philon, diss. ’36]; Jos., Ant. 2, 117; 333; 3, 309; 20, 48, Bell. 3, 387 [s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht des Jos. ’32, 104ff]; Just., A I, 18, 6 al.). Some of the passages referred to in 1b above, end, are repeated, since they may be classified here or there w. equal justification. Of God: π. τῷ θεῷ (Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 15) Ac 16:34; 13:12 D; Tit 3:8; PtK 4 p. 16, 2; B 16:7; Hm 12, 6, 2; Hs 5, 1, 5. Cp. m 1:2; AcPl Ha 10, 13f. τῷ κυρίῳ (Sir 11:21; 2:8) Hv 4, 2, 6. οἱ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 13, 5. τῷ θεῷ w. ὅτι foll. m 9:7; cp. Hs 1:7.—Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l. (for ἐπʼ αὐτόν); J 6:30 (σοί=vs. 29 εἰς ὸ̔ν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος); J 8:31 (αὐτῷ=vs. 30 εἰς αὐτόν, but see Mlt. 67f; JSwetnam argues for a plpf. sense here: Biblica 61, ’80, 106–9); Ac 5:14; 18:8a (both τῷ κυρίῳ); Ro 10:14b (οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν = τούτῳ [about equivalent to εἰς τοῦτον; cp. vs. 14a] οὗ οὐκ ἤκ.); 2 Ti 1:12; ITr 9:2; Hs 8, 3, 2.—Pass. be believed in (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 8; 6, 1, 39; Pla., Lach. 181b; Ps.-Demosth. 58, 44 al.; 1 Km 27:12; Just., D. 7, 3; Tat. 10, 2. S. B-D-F §312, 1; also s. Rob. 815f) ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Ti 3:16.—π. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ believe in the name of the Son, i.e. believe in the Son and accept what his name proclaims him to be 1J 3:23.

β. w. εἰς (cp. Hippol., Elench. 6, 19, 7 W. οἱ εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότες; Just., D. 35, 8 al.) God (BGU 874, 11 π. εἰς τὸν θεόν): J 12:44b; 14:1a (cp. ET 21, 1910, 53–57; 68–70; 138f); 1 Pt 1:21 v.l.=Pol 2:1.—Christ: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; J 2:11; 3:15 v.l., 16, 18a, 36; 4:39; 6:29, 35, 40, 47 v.l.; 7:5, 31, 38f, 48; 8:30; 9:35f; 10:42; 11:25, 26a, 45, 48; 12:11, 36 (εἰς τὸ φῶς), 37, 42, 44a, 46; 14:1b, 12; 16:9; 17:20; Ac 10:43; 14:23; 18:8 D; 19:4; Ro 10:14a; Gal 2:16; Phil 1:29; 1 Pt 1:8; 1J 5:10a; AcPlCor 2:31; Hs 8, 3, 2.—εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ (or αὐτοῦ, etc.) J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18c; 1J 5:13 (s. ὄνομα 1dβ and s. 2aα above, end). π. εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ITr 2:1. π. εἰς τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ ISm 6:1.

γ. w. ἐπί and dat., of God Ac 11:17 D. Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 3:15 v.l.; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16); 1 Ti 1:16.

δ. w. ἐπί and acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 46, 1 al.) of God: Ac 16:34 D; Ro 4:5, 24; PtK 3 p. 15, 12. Of Christ: Mt 27:42; J 3:15 v.l.; Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19.

ε. π. ἔν τινι believe in someone (Jer 12:6; Da 6:24 Theod.; Ps 77:22) is questionable in our lit.: in J 3:15 the best rdg. is ἐν αὐτῷ and is prob. to be construed w. ἔχῃ (in J πιστεύω usually takes the prep. εἰς when expressing the obj. of belief, as in 3:16); in Eph 1:13 both occurrences of ἐν ᾧ are prob. to be construed w. ἐσφραγίσθητε (=‘in connection with whom you have been sealed’ [cp. 4:30]); the acts of hearing and believing are coordinate, and πιστεύσαντες, along w. ἀκούσαντες, is used abs. (so REB; less clearly NRSV). But s. 1aε above: π. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Mk 1:15; IPhld 8:2.

ⓑ not expressed at all (the abs. πιστεύειν in a transcendent sense: Aeschin., In Ctesiph. 1 ἐγὼ πεπιστευκὼς ἥκω πρῶτον τοῖς θεοῖς; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17, 1391b, 1ff; Plut., Mor. 170f; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24 πιστεῦσαι δεῖ, ὅτι [=because] μόνη σωτηρία ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφή; Herm. Wr. 9, 10ab ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; cp. 1, 32 πιστεύω καὶ μαρτυρῶ=PapBerl 9795 [RReitzenstein, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, p. 161, 2]; Num 20:12; Ps 115:1; Is 7:9; Sir 2:13; 1 Macc 2:59; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 14; 101, Deus Imm. 4, Mut. Nom. 178; τότε πιστεύσεις θέλων καὶ μὴ θέλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 8 [p. 74, 7]) Mk 15:32; 16:16f; Lk 8:12f; J 1:7, 50; 3:15, 18b; 4:41f, 48, 53; 5:44; 6:36, 47, 64ab, perh. 69 (MEnslin, The Perf. Tense in the Fourth Gosp.: JBL 55, ’36, 121–31, esp. 128); 9:38; 10:26; 11:15, 40; 12:39; 20:31b; Ac 4:4; 8:13, 37a; 11:21; 13:12, 39, 48; 14:1; 15:5, 7; 17:12, 34; 18:8b, 27; 19:2; 21:25; Ro 1:16; 3:22; 4:11; 10:4; 13:11; 15:13; 1 Cor 1:21; 3:5; 15:2; Gal 3:22; Eph 1:13, 19; 1 Th 2:10, 13; Hb 4:3; 1 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 12:7; 2 Cl 17:3; 20:2; B 9:3; B 11:11; ISm 3:2; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 17, 4; 9, 22, 3. τὸ πιστεύειν faith IMg 9:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ πιστεύειν IPhld 9:2 (ἐν ἀγάπῃ is here used adv.).—Participles in the var. tenses are also used almost subst.: (οἱ) πιστεύοντες (the) believers, (the) Christians (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 13, 34; Did., Gen. 106, 6) Ac 2:44; Ro 3:22; 1 Cor 14:22ab (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); 1 Th 1:7; Hs 8, 3, 3. (οἱ) πιστεύσαντες (those) who made their commitment = (those) who became believers, (the) Christians, Ac 2:44 v.l.; 4:32; 2 Th 1:10a; 2 Cl 2:3; Hs 9, 19, 1. οἱ πεπιστευκότες those who became (and remained) believers Ac 19:18; 21:20 (Just., D. 122, 2).—οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν future believers 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3a. οἱ νῦν πιστεύσαντες those who have just come to believe ibid. 4, 3, 3b.

ⓒ A special kind of this faith is the confidence that God or Christ is in a position to help suppliants out of their distress, have confidence (some of the passages already mentioned might just as well be classified here) abs. ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι may it be done to you in accordance with the confidence you have Mt 8:13. ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε πιστεύοντες whatever you pray for with confidence 21:22. Cp. Mk 5:36; 9:23f; Lk 8:50; 2 Cor 4:13a (Ps 115:1), b. W. ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; do you have confidence that I am able to do this? Mt 9:28.—Mk 11:23.

③ entrust τινί τι someth. to someone (X., Mem. 4, 4, 17; Plut., Mor. 519e; Athen. 8, 341a; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 1; SIG² 845, 7, see for numerous other examples index VI p. 384b. Cp. Wsd 14:5; 1 Macc 8:16; 4 Macc 4:7; TestJob 11:11; Jos., Bell. 4, 492; Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 6) τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; Lk 16:11. αὐτῷ τοσούτων πιστευο̣μ̣έ̣ν̣ω̣ν̣ since so many (or so much) were ( was) entrusted to him AcPl Ha 7, 21 (connection uncertain). αὐτόν (so N. and Tdf.; v.l. ἑαυτόν) τινι trust oneself to someone (Brutus, Ep. 25; Plut., Mor. 181d ἀνδρὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῷ πιστεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὀχυρῷ τόπῳ=entrusting himself to a good man rather than to a stronghold; EpArist 270; Jos., Ant. 12, 396) J 2:24 (EStauffer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 281–99.—Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 39a οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσι φίλοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπίστευσεν=he did not trust himself to casual friends).—Pass. πιστεύομαί τι (B-D-F §159, 4) I am entrusted with someth. (Pla., Ep. 1, 309a; Polyb. 8, 17, 5; 31, 26, 7; Diod S 20, 19, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 136 §568 ἃ ἐπιστεύθην; ins; pap [e.g. PLond I, 121, 608 p. 203]; Jos., Bell. 5, 567, Vi. 137; Ath. 24, 3. Cp. Esth 8:12e.—Dssm., LO 320f [LAE 379]). ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:2. πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Gal 2:7 (PGM 13, 140 ὁ ὑπό σου πάντα πιστευθείς; 446); cp. 1 Th 2:4; 1 Ti 1:11.—Tit 1:3. οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι 1 Cor 9:17; cp. Dg 7:1. S. also 7:2; IMg 6:1; IPhld 9:1ab. πιστεύομαί τι παρά τινος I am entrusted by someone with someth. (Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 667): οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο 1 Cl 43:1.

④ be confident about, a unique use found in ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, someth. like the one is confident about eating anything Ro 14:2 (a combination of two ideas: ‘the pers. is so strong in the faith’ and: ‘the pers. is convinced that it is permissible to eat anything’; in brief: not cultically fussy. See Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but also B-D-F §397, 2). Another probability is the sense

⑤ think/consider (possible), in Ro 14:2 perh. holds everything possible; cp. J 9:18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they refused to entertain the possibility, and Ac 9:26. S. 4 above.—For lit. s. πίστις, end. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πιστεύω
12 ati

to take revenge;

he-ati ki... to take revenge against (someone); he-ati te kopeka o te îka ki te to'a, the avenger of the victim takes revenge against the assassin.

he-ati i... to avenge (someone);

to get even, to pay back: te tagata nei ina kai pu'a-mai te rima, e-ati-ró au ana haga kia au mote aga, this man did not give me hand, I'll get even with him when he needs me for some work.

he-ati, he ora, to win someone's gratitude while saving one's life; this was the expression used when speaking of someone who took refuge with afamily of an enemy tribe and served them so wellthat he won their goodwill and so saved his life.

half-fathom (i.e. from end of outstretched arm to centre of chest); (see maroa, kumi, fathom).

Rapanui-English dictionary > ati
13 Cobham, Sir Alan John

SUBJECT AREA: Aerospace

[br]

b. 6 May 1894 London, England

d. 21 October 1973 British Virgin Islands

[br]

English pilot who pioneered worldwide air routes and developed an in-flight refuelling system which is in use today.

[br]

Alan Cobham was a man of many parts. He started as a veterinary assistant in France during the First World War, but transferred to the Royal Flying Corps in 1917. After the war he continued flying, by giving joy-rides and doing aerial photography work. In 1921 he joined the De Havilland Aircraft Company (see de Havilland, Geoffrey) as a test and charter pilot; he was also successful in a number of air races. During the 1920s Cobham made many notable flights to distant parts of the British Empire, pioneering possible routes for airline operations. During the early 1930s Sir Alan (he was knighted in 1926) devoted his attention to generating a public interest in aviation and to campaigning for more airfields. Cobham's Flying Circus toured the country giving flying displays and joy-rides, which for thousands of people was their first experience of flying.

In 1933 Cobham planned a non-stop flight to India by refuelling his aircraft while flying: this was not a new idea but the process was still experimental. The flight was unsuccessful due to a fault in his aircraft, unrelated to the in-flight refuelling system. The following year Flight Refuelling Ltd was founded, and by 1939 two Short flying boats were operating the first inflight-refuelled service across the Atlantic. Inflight refuelling was not required during the early years of the Second World War, so Cobham turned to other projects such as thermal de-icing of wings, and a scheme which was not carried out, for delivering fighters to the Middle East by towing them behind Wellington bombers.

After the Second World War the fortunes of Flight Refuelling Ltd were at a low ebb, especially when British South American Airways abandoned the idea of using in-flight refuelling. Then an American contract and the use of their tanker aircraft to ferry oil during the Berlin Airlift saved the day. In 1949 Cobham's chief designer, Peter Macgregor, came up with an idea for refuelling fighters using a probe and drogue system. A large tanker aircraft trailed a hose with a conical drogue at the free end. The fighter pilot manoeuvred the probe, fitted to his aircraft, so that it locked into the drogue, enabling fuel to be transferred. Since the 1950s this system has become the effective world standard.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

Knighted 1926. Air Force Cross 1926.

Bibliography

1978, A Time to Fly, ed. C.Derrick, London; pub. in paperback 1986 (Cobham's memoirs).

Cobham produced films of some of his flights and published Skyways, 1925, London; My

Flight to the Cape and Back, 1926, London; Australia and Back, 1926, London;

Twenty Thousand Miles in a Flying Boat, 1930, London.

Further Reading

Peter G.Proctor, 1975, "The life and work of Sir Alan Cobham", Aerospace (RAeS) (March).

JDS

Biographical history of technology > Cobham, Sir Alan John
14 MONEY

• Abundance of money ruins youth (/The/) - Богатство родителей - порча детям (Б)

• All things are obedient to money - Мошна туга - всяк ей слуга (M)

• He that has money in his purse cannot want a head for his shoulders - Есть чем звякнуть, так можно и крякнуть (E)

• He that hordes up money pains for other men - Скупой богач беднее нищего (C)

• If money go before, all ways lie open - Деньги все двери открывают (Д)

• It is easy to spend someone else's money - Из чужого кармана платить легко (И), Чужим добром подноси вед ром (4)

• Lack of money is the root of all evil (The) - Бедность не грех, а до греха доводит (Б), Пустой мешок введет в грешок (П)

• Love of money is the root of all evil (The) - Деньги глаза слепят (Д)

• Money begets (breeds, comes to, draws, gets, makes) money - Где много воды, там больше будет; где много денег - еще прибудет (Г), Деньги к деньгам идут (Д)

• Money calls but does not stay; it is round and rolls away - Деньги - крылья (Д), Деньги, что вода (Д)

• Money can't buy happiness - И через золото слезы текут (И)

• Money doesn't get dirty - Деньги не пахнут (Д)

• Money doesn't grow on trees - Денежки труд любят (Д), Деньги не щепки, на полу не подымешь (Д)

• Money greases the axle - Не подмажешь - не поедешь (H)

• Money has no smell - Деньги не пахнут (Д)

• Money has wings - Деньги - крылья (Д)

• Money is a universal language speaking any tongue - Деньги все двери открывают (Д)

• Money is not everything - Не в деньгах счастье (H)

• Money isn't everything in life - Не в деньгах счастье (H)

• Money is power - Деньги все двери открывают (Д), Золото железо переедает (3), Золото не говорит, да много творит (3), Мошна туга - всяк ей слуга (M)

• Money is round and rolls away - Деньги - крылья (Д), Деньги, что вода (Д)

• Money is round - it truckles - Деньги - крылья (Д)

• Money makes the man - Есть чем звякнуть, так можно и крякнуть (E)

• Money makes the mare go - За деньги и поп пляшет (3)

• Money makes the pot boil - Есть в мошне, так будет и в квашне (E)

• Money makes the wheels (the world) go round - Деньги все двери открывают (Д)

• Money masters all things - Деньги все двери открывают (Д), Золото железо переедает (3), Золото не говорит, да много творит (3)

• Money runs the world - Деньги все двери открывают (Д), Золото не говорит, да много творит (3)

• Money saved is money earned (got) - Сбережешь - что найдешь (C)

• Money speaks - Деньги все двери открывают (Д)

• Money spent on the brain is never spent in vain - Знание лучше богатства (3)

• Money talks - Деньги все двери открывают (Д)

• Never spend your money before you have it - Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)

• That's money down the drain - Не в коня корм (H)

• Those who have money have trouble about it - Много денег - много и хлопот (M)

• Want of money is the root of all evil - Бедность не грех, а до греха доводит (Б), Пустой мешок введет в грешок (П)

• When money flies out the window, love flies out the door - С деньгами мил, без денег постыл (C)

• When money speaks, truth keeps its mouth shut (keeps silent) - Когда деньги говорят, тогда правда молчит (K)

• You can't take money with you when you die - Умрем, так все останется (X)

• You pay your money and you take your choice - Кто платит музыканту, тот и заказывает музыку (K)

Русско-английский словарь пословиц и поговорок > MONEY
15 con

prep.

1 with.

¿con quién vas? who are you going with?

lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts

una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents

con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it

2 in spite of (a pesar de).

con todo despite everything

con lo estudioso que es, le suspendieron for all his hard work, they still failed him

Está con mucho dolor He is in [with] a lot of pain.

3 by.

con hacerlo así by doing it this way

con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time

* * *

con

► preposición

1 (instrumento, medio) with

■ se defendió con un puñal she defended herself with a knife

■ hay que comerlo con una cuchara you have to eat it with a spoon

■ me divirtió con sus chistes I really enjoyed his jokes

2 (modo, circunstancia) in, with

■ ¿vas a salir con este frío? are you going out in this cold?

■ me gustas con ese vestido you look nice in that dress, I like that dress on you

3 (juntamente, en compañía) with

■ se encerró con su prima en la habitación she shut herself up in the room with her cousin

■ Juan se quedó con las maletas Juan was left with the suitcases

4 (contenido) with

■ encontré una cartera con dinero I found a wallet with some money in it

5 (relación) to

■ yo hablo con todos I speak to everybody

■ fui amable con él I was nice to him

6 (reciprocidad)

■ ámense unos con otros love one another

7 (comparación) compared to

■ su fuerza no es nada con la mía his strength is nothing compared to mine

8 (a pesar de) in spite of, despite

■ con la nota que tenía no fue aceptado he wasn't accepted in spite of his grade

9 con + inf by + gerund

■ con disculparte no solucionas nada you won't solve anything just by apologizing

10 (aunque) in spite of

■ con ser tan fuerte... in spite of being so strong...

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

con que / con tal de que / con tal que provided, as long as

con todo (y eso) nevertheless, even so

* * *

prep.

1) with

2) to, towards

3) although

•

- con tal que

* * *

PREP

1) [indicando compañía, instrumento, medio] with

vivo con mis padres — I live with my parents

¿con quién vas a ir? — who are you going with?

atado con cuerda — tied with string

lo tomo con limón — I take it with lemon

con su ayuda — with his help

ducharse con agua fría — to have a cold shower

lo he escrito con bolígrafo — I wrote it in pen

andar con muletas — to walk on o with crutches

con este sol no hay quien salga — no one can go out in this sun

con el tiempo — in the course of time, with time

2) [indicando características, estado]

un hombre con principios — a man of principle

llegó con aspecto relajado — she arrived looking relaxed

un amigo con aspecto de jugador de rugby — a friend who is built like a rugby player

gente joven con ganas de divertirse — young people out for a good time

murió con 60 años — she died at the age of 60

3) [indicando combinación] and

pan con mantequilla — bread and butter

vodka con naranja — vodka and orange

café con leche — white coffee

arroz con leche — rice pudding

4) [indicando contenido]

una cazuela con agua caliente — a pan of hot water

un maletín con dinero — a briefcase full of money

encontraron una maleta con 800.000 dólares — they found a suitcase containing 800,000 dollars o with 800,000 dollars in it

5) [indicando modo]

se levantó con rapidez — he got up quickly

ábrelo con cuidado — open it carefully

anda con dificultad — she walks with difficulty

desayunamos con apetito — we ate our breakfast with relish

estar con algo, estar con dolor de muelas/la pierna escayolada — to have toothache/one's leg in plaster

está con la gripe — he's got flu

con mucho gusto — certainly, by all means

6) [como complemento personal de algunos verbos] to

¿con quién hablas? — who are you speaking to?

voy a hablar con Luis — I'll talk to Luis

se ha casado con Jesús — she's married Jesús, she's got married to Jesús

estoy emparentado con la duquesa — I am related to the duchess

no sabemos lo que va a pasar con nosotros — we don't know what's going to happen to us

me escribo con ella — she and I write to each other

7) [tras adjetivos] to, towards

amable con todos — kind to o towards everybody

ser insolente con el jefe — to be disrespectful to o towards the boss

8) [con decimales]

once con siete — [11,7] eleven point seven ( 11.7)

un dólar con cincuenta centavos — one dollar fifty cents

9) (=pese a) in spite of

con tantas dificultades, no se descorazonó — in spite of all o for all the difficulties he didn't lose heart

con ser su madre, le odia — even though she is his mother she hates him

con todo (y con eso), la gente se lo pasó bien — in spite of everything, people had a good time

10) [en exclamaciones]

¡vaya con el niño! — * the cheeky monkey! *

¡con lo bien que se está aquí! — and it's so nice here too!

no me dejó ni un trocito, con lo que me gustan esos caramelos — he didn't even let me have a tiny piece, and he knows how much I like those sweets

11) [indicando una condición]

a) + infin

con estudiar un poco apruebas — with a bit of studying you should pass

cree que con confesarlo se librará del castigo — he thinks that by owning up he'll escape punishment

con decirle que no voy, se arreglará todo — when I tell him I'm not going, everything will be fine

con llegar a las seis estará bien — if you come by six it will be fine

con llegar tan tarde nos perderemos la comida — by arriving so late we're going to miss the meal

b)

con que + subjun —

con que me digas tu teléfono basta — if you just give me your phone number that'll be enough

con que me invite, me conformo — as long as o provided that she invites me, I don't mind

basta con que nos remita la tarjeta cumplimentada — all you have to do is send us the completed card
tal 3., 4)
* * *

preposición

1)

a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with

vive con su novio — she lives with her boyfriend

hablar con alguien — to talk to somebody

está casada con mi primo — she's married to my cousin

b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)

te portaste muy mal con ellos — you behaved very badly toward(s) them

he tenido mucha paciencia contigo — I have been very patient with you

c) ( indicando el acompañamiento de algo) with

se sirve con arroz — serve with rice

pan con mantequilla — bread and butter

2)

a) ( indicando una relación de simultaneidad)

una cápsula con cada comida — one capsule with each meal

se levanta con el alba — he gets up at the crack of dawn

b) ( indicando una relación de causa)

¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

con tanta prisa se me olvidó — I was in such a hurry that I forgot

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

con las veces que te lo pedí! — the (number of) times I asked you!

con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

3)

a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo — you're spoiling him with all this pampering

caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

b) ( indicando modo) with

andaba con dificultad — she was walking with difficulty

con mucho gusto! — with pleasure!

c) (al describir características, un estado)

amaneció con fiebre — he woke up with a temperature

ya estaba con dolores de parto — she was already having labor pains

andaba con ganas de bronca — he was looking for a fight

con las manos en los bolsillos — with his hands in his pockets

¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

una mujer con aspecto de extranjera — a foreign-looking woman

4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)

me peino con Gerardo — Gerardo does my hair

se estuvo quejando conmigo — she was complaining to me

* * *

= by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.

Ex. By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.

Ex. Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.

Ex. WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.

Ex. Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.

Ex. What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.

Ex. It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.

Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

----

* acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.

* andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.

* asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.

* con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.

* con afabilidad = good-naturedly.

* con afán = earnestly.

* con afecto = fondly, affectionately.

* con agallas = spunky.

* con agilidad = nimbly.

* con agradecimiento = gratefully.

* con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.

* con ahínco = diligently, industriously.

* con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.

* con alas = winged.

* con alborozo = mirthfully.

* con alegría = joyously, gleefully.

* con algoritmos = algorithmically.

* con alimentación manual = hand-fed.

* con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.

* con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].

* con amabilidad = graciously.

* con amargura = bitterly.

* con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.

* con anotaciones = scripted.

* con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.

* con ansias de poder = power-hungry.

* con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.

* con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.

* con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.

* con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.

* con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].

* con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.

* con apatía = listlessly.

* con aplicación = industriously, studiously.

* con aprensión = apprehensively.

* con aprobación = approvingly.

* con ardor = ardently.

* con armonía = harmoniously.

* con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con asco = disgustedly.

* con asiduidad = assiduously.

* con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.

* con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.

* con atención = attentively.

* con audacia = boldly.

* con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.

* con avances = stepped-up.

* con avaricia = rapaciously.

* con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.

* con barba = bearded.

* con base de arena = sand-based.

* con base empírica = empirically-based.

* con base en = based in.

* con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.

* con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.

* con basura por el suelo = littered.

* con bisagras = hinged.

* con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.

* con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.

* con brotes = budded.

* con buena fama = respected.

* con buena reputación = respected, reputable.

* con buenas conexiones = well-connected.

* con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.

* con buen gusto = tastefully.

* con buen humor = good-humouredly.

* con buenos contactos = well-connected.

* con buenos modales = politely.

* con bultos = lumpiness.

* con burbujas = carbonated.

* con cable = corded.

* con cafeina = caffeinated.

* con cajero = cashiered.

* con calefacción = heated.

* con calefacción central = centrally heated.

* con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.

* con capucha = hooded.

* con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.

* con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.

* con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.

* con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.

* con cariño = fondly, affectionately.

* con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.

* con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.

* con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].

* con cierta comodidad = with some ease.

* con cierta facilidad = with some ease.

* con cierta formación = educated.

* con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.

* con cierto detalle = at some length.

* con cierto gasto = at some expense.

* con cinismo = cynically.

* con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.

* con claustros = cloistered.

* con clavos = hobnailed.

* con cobro = fee-based.

* con codicia = rapaciously.

* con cola = caudate.

* con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.

* con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.

* con cólicos = colicky newborn.

* con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.

* con comodidad = with ease, easily.

* con comprensión = sympathetically.

* con compromisos = strings attached.

* con condiciones especiales = strings attached.

* con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.

* con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.

* con conocimiento = authoritatively.

* con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].

* con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].

* con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.

* con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.

* con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].

* con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.

* con conocimientos en = versed in.

* con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.

* con consecuencias fatales = fatally.

* con consentimiento = willing.

* con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.

* con copyright = copyright-protected.

* con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.

* con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].

* con cortesía = courteously.

* con costras = caked.

* con creces = amply, far + Verbo.

* con créditos = credit-carrying.

* con criterio = discerning.

* con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.

* con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.

* con cuernos = horned.

* con cuidado = gently, carefully.

* con cúpula = domed.

* con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].

* con decisión = decisively.

* con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.

* con deferencia = dutifully.

* con deleite = with gusto.

* con delicadeza = delicately, gently.

* con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.

* con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.

* con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.

* con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.

* con demasiado trabajo = overworked.

* con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.

* con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.

* con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.

* con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.

* con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.

* con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.

* con descaro = impudently.

* con desconfianza = suspiciously.

* con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.

* con desenfado = lightheartedly.

* con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desfachatez = impudently.

* con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.

* con destino a = to.

* con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.

* con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.

* con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.

* con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.

* con dientes de sierra = serrated.

* con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.

* con diferencia = by far.

* con diferentes variaciones = in variation.

* con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.

* con dificultades = in difficulties.

* con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.

* con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.

* con diplomacia = diplomatically.

* con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.

* con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.

* con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.

* con doble titulación = dually qualified.

* con dos caras = double-faced.

* con dos facetas = double-faced.

* con dudas = uncertainly.

* con dudosa reputación = disreputable.

* con dureza = harshly.

* con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.

* con eficacia = ably.

* con eficiencia = ably.

* con efusión = effusively.

* con ejemplos = by example(s).

* con él = therewith.

* con el agua al cuello = in hot water.

* con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.

* con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.

* con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.

* con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.

* con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.

* con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.

* con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.

* con el culo al aire = out in the cold.

* con el debido respeto = with due respect.

* con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.

* con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.

* con el emblema = under the banner.

* con el fin de = in order to.

* con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.

* con ellos = with them.

* con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* con el mismo = therewith.

* con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....

* con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.

* con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.

* con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.

* con el número = numbered.

* con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.

* con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el paso de = with the passing of.

* con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.

* con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.

* con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.

* con el primer intento = at the first shot.

* con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.

* con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.

* con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.

* con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.

* con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.

* con el título = entitled.

* con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).

* con el transcurso de = with the passing of.

* con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.

* con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el uso = in use, with use.

* con encimera de mármol = marble-top.

* con energía = powerfully.

* con enfado = angrily.

* con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.

* con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].

* con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.

* con errores = flawed.

* con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.

* con escamas = flaky.

* con ese fin = to that end.

* con esmero = sedulously, studiously.

* con eso = thereto, by this.

* con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.

* con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.

* con este fin = to this end, to that effect.

* con estilo = stylish.

* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.

* con estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* con estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* con estudios = schooled, educated.

* con exactitud = precisely.

* con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.

* con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.

* con expectación = expectantly.

* con experiencia = experienced.

* con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.

* con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.

* con exuberancia = lushly.

* con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.

* con fascinación = rhapsodically.

* con fecha = dated, dated.

* con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.

* con ferocidad = ferociously.

* con figuras en movimiento = animated.

* con filtros = filtered.

* con financiación independiente = self-funded.

* con financiación propia = self-funded.

* con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.

* con firma = signed.

* con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.

* con flexibilidad = flexibly.

* con fluidez = fluent, fluently.

* con forma de castillo = castellated.

* con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* con forma de pelo = hair-like.

* con forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.

* con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.

* con forma de U = U-shaped.

* con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* con franqueza = frankly.

* con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].

* con frondosidad = lushly.

* con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.

* con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.

* con funda = jacketed.

* con fundamentos = informed.

* con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.

* con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.

* con futuro = up-and-coming.

* con gafas = bespectacled.

* con ganas = with gusto.

* con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.

* con garantías de calidad = quality assured.

* con gas = carbonated.

* con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.

* con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].

* con gracia = wittily, funnily.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con grandilocuencia = grandly.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* con gratitud = gratefully.

* con gravedad = grimly.

* con guión = hyphenated.

* con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.

* con habilidad = adeptly.

* con hambre de poder = power-hungry.

* con hastial = gabled.

* con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.

* con honestidad = honestly.

* con humildad = humbly.

* con humor = humorously.

* con ilusión = eagerly.

* con imágenes en movimiento = animated.

* con imaginación = imaginatively.

* con impaciencia = with bated breath.

* con impasibilidad = impassively.

* con impunidad = with impunity.

* con incredulidad = incredulously.

* con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.

* con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.

* con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.

* con indulgencia = leniently.

* con información = information-bearing.

* con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.

* con inocencia = innocently.

* con insistencia = insistently.

* con insolencia = impudently.

* con intencionalidad = calculated.

* con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.

* con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con intereses propios = self-interested.

* con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.

* con intervención directa = obtrusive.

* con ira = angrily.

* con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.

* con juicio de valor = value-loaded.

* con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.

* con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.

* con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].

* con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.

* con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.

* con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.

* con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.

* con la debida consideración = with due consideration.

* con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.

* con la edad = with age.

* con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.

* con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.

* con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.

* con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.

* con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.

* con la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.

* con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.

* con la frente en alto = stand + tall.

* con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con la imaginación = in imagination.

* con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.

* con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* con la mente despejada = clear-headed.

* con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).

* con la mirada en blanco = blankly.

* con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.

* con la misma altura que = the full height of.

* con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.

* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.

* con lascivia = lustily.

* con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.

* con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].

* con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.

* con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.

* con las garras fuera = knives-out.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* con las manos vacías = empty-handed.

* con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.

* con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.

* con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.

* con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.

* con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.

* con las uñas fuera = knives-out.

* con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.

* con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.

* con limitación temporal = time-oriented.

* con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.

* con llave = locked, locking.

* con lo cual = whereupon.

* con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.

* con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.

* con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.

* con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.

* con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.

* con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.

* con lujuria = lustily.

* con machetes = machete-wielding.

* con madurez = maturely.

* con magnanimidad = magnanimously.

* con mala fama = disreputable.

* con mala reputación = disreputable.

* con maldad = ill-naturedly.

* con malhumor = moodily.

* con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].

* con marca = branded.

* con más antigüedad = longest-serving.

* con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.

* con más frecuencia = most frequently.

* con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.

* con más razón aún = a fortiori.

* con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.

* con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.

* con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].

* con mayor detalle = in greater detail.

* con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.

* con meandros = meandering.

* con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].

* con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con mejoras = stepped-up.

* con melancolía = wistfully.

* con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.

* con millones de ventas = megaselling.

* con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con miras al futuro = forward-looking.

* con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.

* con motivo de = on the occasion of.

* con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.

* con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.

* con mucha diferencia = by far.

* con mucha energía = high energy.

* con mucha frecuencia = very often.

* con mucha información = populated.

* con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.

* con mucha palabrería = glibly.

* con mucha población = heavily populated.

* con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.

* con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.

* con muchas actividades = event-filled.

* con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.

* con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.

* con muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.

* con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].

* con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.

* con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.

* con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].

* con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.

* con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.

* con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].

* con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.

* con muchos detalles = elaborately.

* con muchos eventos = event-filled.

* con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].

* con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.

* con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.

* con mucho trabajo = painfully.

* con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.

* con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.

* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).

* con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.

* con nervios = rib.

* con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].

* con nosotros = with us.

* con nostalgia = wistfully.

* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.

* con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.

* con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.

* con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.

* con objeto de hacer = toward(s).

* con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.

* con ocasión de = on the occasion of.

* con ojos azules = blue-eyed.

* con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.

* con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.

* con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.

* con olor a ajo = garlicky.

* con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a orina = urinous.

* con olor a polvo = dust smelling.

* con orgullo = proudly.

* con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.

* con paciencia = patiently.

* con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.

* con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.

* con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.

* con pasión = with passion, passionately.

* con patas = legged.

* con peligro de muerte = life threatening.

* con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.

* con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.

* con pequeños matices = nuanced.

* con pereza = lazily.

* con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.

* con perspicacia = perceptively.

* con pesar = with regret.

* con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.

* con picardía = slyly, wickedly.

* con pie firme = sure-footed.

* con piernas = legged.

* con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.

* con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con pleno derecho = with full rights.

* con pliegues = pleated.

* con poca claridad = indistinctly.

* con poca exactitud = loosely.

* con poca experiencia = inexperienced.

* con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.

* con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.

* con poca luz = badly-lit.

* con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.

* con poca población = thinly populated.

* con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.

* con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].

* con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.

* con poco dinero = on the cheap.

* con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.

* con pocos recursos = under-resourced.

* con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.

* con poder = powerful.

* con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.

* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.

* con posterioridad a = subsequent to.

* con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].

* con precipitación = rashly.

* con precisión = precisely.

* con preferencia = preferably.

* con preferencia sobre = in preference to.

* con prejuicios = prejudicial.

* con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.

* con principios = principled.

* con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.

* con problemas = in hot water.

* con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.

* con problemas de lectura = print disabled.

* con problemas de vista = vision impaired.

* con problemas visuales = vision impaired.

* con profusión = in profusion.

* con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.

* con provecho = with profit.

* con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].

* con rabo = caudate.

* con ráfagas de viento = blustery.

* con rapacidad = rapaciously.

* con rapidez = promptly.

* con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.

* con rebeldía = defiantly.

* con referencia = re.

* con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.

* con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.

* con regocijo = gleefully.

* con regularidad = regularly.

* con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.

* con rencor = spitefully.

* con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* con repugnancia = disgustedly.

* con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.

* con reserva = doubtfully.

* con reservas = qualified, with reservations.

* con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.

* con resolución = resolutely.

* con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.

* con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....

* con respeto = respectfully.

* con responsabilidad = responsibly.

* con retraso mental = mentally retarded.

* con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.

* con ruedas = wheeled.

* con rumbo a = bound for.

* con sabiduría = sagely.

* con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].

* con sabor a ajo = garlicky.

* con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.

* con sagacidad = shrewdly.

* con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].

* con salida al mercado = due out.

* con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.

* con satisfacción = contentedly.

* con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].

* con sed de poder = power-hungry.

* con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.

[b]* con sede en Amér

* * *

preposición

1)

a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with

vive con su novio — she lives with her boyfriend

hablar con alguien — to talk to somebody

está casada con mi primo — she's married to my cousin

b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)

te portaste muy mal con ellos — you behaved very badly toward(s) them

he tenido mucha paciencia contigo — I have been very patient with you

c) ( indicando el acompañamiento de algo) with

se sirve con arroz — serve with rice

pan con mantequilla — bread and butter

2)

a) ( indicando una relación de simultaneidad)

una cápsula con cada comida — one capsule with each meal

se levanta con el alba — he gets up at the crack of dawn

b) ( indicando una relación de causa)

¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

con tanta prisa se me olvidó — I was in such a hurry that I forgot

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

con las veces que te lo pedí! — the (number of) times I asked you!

con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

3)

a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo — you're spoiling him with all this pampering

caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

b) ( indicando modo) with

andaba con dificultad — she was walking with difficulty

con mucho gusto! — with pleasure!

c) (al describir características, un estado)

amaneció con fiebre — he woke up with a temperature

ya estaba con dolores de parto — she was already having labor pains

andaba con ganas de bronca — he was looking for a fight

con las manos en los bolsillos — with his hands in his pockets

¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

una mujer con aspecto de extranjera — a foreign-looking woman

4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)

me peino con Gerardo — Gerardo does my hair

se estuvo quejando conmigo — she was complaining to me

* * *

= by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.

Ex: By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.

Ex: Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.

Ex: WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.

Ex: Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.

Ex: What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.

Ex: It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.

Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

* acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.

* andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.

* asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.

* con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.

* con afabilidad = good-naturedly.

* con afán = earnestly.

* con afecto = fondly, affectionately.

* con agallas = spunky.

* con agilidad = nimbly.

* con agradecimiento = gratefully.

* con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.

* con ahínco = diligently, industriously.

* con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.

* con alas = winged.

* con alborozo = mirthfully.

* con alegría = joyously, gleefully.

* con algoritmos = algorithmically.

* con alimentación manual = hand-fed.

* con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.

* con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].

* con amabilidad = graciously.

* con amargura = bitterly.

* con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.

* con anotaciones = scripted.

* con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.

* con ansias de poder = power-hungry.

* con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.

* con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.

* con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.

* con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.

* con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].

* con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.

* con apatía = listlessly.

* con aplicación = industriously, studiously.

* con aprensión = apprehensively.

* con aprobación = approvingly.

* con ardor = ardently.

* con armonía = harmoniously.

* con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con asco = disgustedly.

* con asiduidad = assiduously.

* con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.

* con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.

* con atención = attentively.

* con audacia = boldly.

* con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.

* con avances = stepped-up.

* con avaricia = rapaciously.

* con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.

* con barba = bearded.

* con base de arena = sand-based.

* con base empírica = empirically-based.

* con base en = based in.

* con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.

* con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.

* con basura por el suelo = littered.

* con bisagras = hinged.

* con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.

* con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.

* con brotes = budded.

* con buena fama = respected.

* con buena reputación = respected, reputable.

* con buenas conexiones = well-connected.

* con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.

* con buen gusto = tastefully.

* con buen humor = good-humouredly.

* con buenos contactos = well-connected.

* con buenos modales = politely.

* con bultos = lumpiness.

* con burbujas = carbonated.

* con cable = corded.

* con cafeina = caffeinated.

* con cajero = cashiered.

* con calefacción = heated.

* con calefacción central = centrally heated.

* con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.

* con capucha = hooded.

* con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.

* con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.

* con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.

* con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.

* con cariño = fondly, affectionately.

* con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.

* con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.

* con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].

* con cierta comodidad = with some ease.

* con cierta facilidad = with some ease.

* con cierta formación = educated.

* con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.

* con cierto detalle = at some length.

* con cierto gasto = at some expense.

* con cinismo = cynically.

* con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.

* con claustros = cloistered.

* con clavos = hobnailed.

* con cobro = fee-based.

* con codicia = rapaciously.

* con cola = caudate.

* con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.

* con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.

* con cólicos = colicky newborn.

* con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.

* con comodidad = with ease, easily.

* con comprensión = sympathetically.

* con compromisos = strings attached.

* con condiciones especiales = strings attached.

* con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.

* con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.

* con conocimiento = authoritatively.

* con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].

* con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].

* con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.

* con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.

* con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].

* con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.

* con conocimientos en = versed in.

* con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.

* con consecuencias fatales = fatally.

* con consentimiento = willing.

* con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.

* con copyright = copyright-protected.

* con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.

* con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].

* con cortesía = courteously.

* con costras = caked.

* con creces = amply, far + Verbo.

* con créditos = credit-carrying.

* con criterio = discerning.

* con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.

* con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.

* con cuernos = horned.

* con cuidado = gently, carefully.

* con cúpula = domed.

* con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].

* con decisión = decisively.

* con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.

* con deferencia = dutifully.

* con deleite = with gusto.

* con delicadeza = delicately, gently.

* con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.

* con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.

* con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.

* con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.

* con demasiado trabajo = overworked.

* con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.

* con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.

* con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.

* con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.

* con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.

* con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.

* con descaro = impudently.

* con desconfianza = suspiciously.

* con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.

* con desenfado = lightheartedly.

* con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desfachatez = impudently.

* con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.

* con destino a = to.

* con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.

* con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.

* con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.

* con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.

* con dientes de sierra = serrated.

* con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.

* con diferencia = by far.

* con diferentes variaciones = in variation.

* con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.

* con dificultades = in difficulties.

* con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.

* con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.

* con diplomacia = diplomatically.

* con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.

* con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.

* con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.

* con doble titulación = dually qualified.

* con dos caras = double-faced.

* con dos facetas = double-faced.

* con dudas = uncertainly.

* con dudosa reputación = disreputable.

* con dureza = harshly.

* con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.

* con eficacia = ably.

* con eficiencia = ably.

* con efusión = effusively.

* con ejemplos = by example(s).

* con él = therewith.

* con el agua al cuello = in hot water.

* con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.

* con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.

* con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.

* con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.

* con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.

* con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.

* con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.

* con el culo al aire = out in the cold.

* con el debido respeto = with due respect.

* con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.

* con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.

* con el emblema = under the banner.

* con el fin de = in order to.

* con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.

* con ellos = with them.

* con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* con el mismo = therewith.

* con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....

* con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.

* con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.

* con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.

* con el número = numbered.

* con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.

* con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el paso de = with the passing of.

* con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.

* con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.

* con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.

* con el primer intento = at the first shot.

* con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.

* con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.

* con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.

* con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.

* con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.

* con el título = entitled.

* con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).

* con el transcurso de = with the passing of.

* con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.

* con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el uso = in use, with use.

* con encimera de mármol = marble-top.

* con energía = powerfully.

* con enfado = angrily.

* con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.

* con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].

* con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.

* con errores = flawed.

* con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.

* con escamas = flaky.

* con ese fin = to that end.

* con esmero = sedulously, studiously.

* con eso = thereto, by this.

* con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.

* con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.

* con este fin = to this end, to that effect.

* con estilo = stylish.

* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.

* con estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* con estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* con estudios = schooled, educated.

* con exactitud = precisely.

* con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.

* con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.

* con expectación = expectantly.

* con experiencia = experienced.

* con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.

* con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.

* con exuberancia = lushly.

* con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.

* con fascinación = rhapsodically.

* con fecha = dated, dated.

* con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.

* con ferocidad = ferociously.

* con figuras en movimiento = animated.

* con filtros = filtered.

* con financiación independiente = self-funded.

* con financiación propia = self-funded.

* con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.

* con firma = signed.

* con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.

* con flexibilidad = flexibly.

* con fluidez = fluent, fluently.

* con forma de castillo = castellated.

* con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* con forma de pelo = hair-like.

* con forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.

* con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.

* con forma de U = U-shaped.

* con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* con franqueza = frankly.

* con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].

* con frondosidad = lushly.

* con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.

* con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.

* con funda = jacketed.

* con fundamentos = informed.

* con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.

* con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.

* con futuro = up-and-coming.

* con gafas = bespectacled.

* con ganas = with gusto.

* con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.

* con garantías de calidad = quality assured.

* con gas = carbonated.

* con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.

* con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].

* con gracia = wittily, funnily.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con grandilocuencia = grandly.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* con gratitud = gratefully.

* con gravedad = grimly.

* con guión = hyphenated.

* con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.

* con habilidad = adeptly.

* con hambre de poder = power-hungry.

* con hastial = gabled.

* con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.

* con honestidad = honestly.

* con humildad = humbly.

* con humor = humorously.

* con ilusión = eagerly.

* con imágenes en movimiento = animated.

* con imaginación = imaginatively.

* con impaciencia = with bated breath.

* con impasibilidad = impassively.

* con impunidad = with impunity.

* con incredulidad = incredulously.

* con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.

* con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.

* con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.

* con indulgencia = leniently.

* con información = information-bearing.

* con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.

* con inocencia = innocently.

* con insistencia = insistently.

* con insolencia = impudently.

* con intencionalidad = calculated.

* con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.

* con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con intereses propios = self-interested.

* con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.

* con intervención directa = obtrusive.

* con ira = angrily.

* con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.

* con juicio de valor = value-loaded.

* con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.

* con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.

* con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].

* con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.

* con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.

* con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.

* con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.

* con la debida consideración = with due consideration.

* con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.

* con la edad = with age.

* con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.

* con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.

* con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.

* con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.

* con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.

* con la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.

* con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.

* con la frente en alto = stand + tall.

* con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con la imaginación = in imagination.

* con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.

* con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* con la mente despejada = clear-headed.

* con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).

* con la mirada en blanco = blankly.

* con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.

* con la misma altura que = the full height of.

* con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.

* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.

* con lascivia = lustily.

* con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.

* con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].

* con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.

* con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.

* con las garras fuera = knives-out.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* con las manos vacías = empty-handed.

* con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.

* con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.

* con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.

* con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.

* con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.

* con las uñas fuera = knives-out.

* con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.

* con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.

* con limitación temporal = time-oriented.

* con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.

* con llave = locked, locking.

* con lo cual = whereupon.

* con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.

* con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.

* con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.

* con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.

* con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.

* con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.

* con lujuria = lustily.

* con machetes = machete-wielding.

* con madurez = maturely.

* con magnanimidad = magnanimously.

* con mala fama = disreputable.

* con mala reputación = disreputable.

* con maldad = ill-naturedly.

* con malhumor = moodily.

* con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].

* con marca = branded.

* con más antigüedad = longest-serving.

* con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.

* con más frecuencia = most frequently.

* con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.

* con más razón aún = a fortiori.

* con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.

* con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.

* con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].

* con mayor detalle = in greater detail.

* con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.

* con meandros = meandering.

* con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].

* con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con mejoras = stepped-up.

* con melancolía = wistfully.

* con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.

* con millones de ventas = megaselling.

* con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con miras al futuro = forward-looking.

* con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.

* con motivo de = on the occasion of.

* con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.

* con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.

* con mucha diferencia = by far.

* con mucha energía = high energy.

* con mucha frecuencia = very often.

* con mucha información = populated.

* con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.

* con mucha palabrería = glibly.

* con mucha población = heavily populated.

* con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.

* con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.

* con muchas actividades = event-filled.

* con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.

* con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.

* con muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.

* con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].

* con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.

* con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.

* con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].

* con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.

* con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.

* con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].

* con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.

* con muchos detalles = elaborately.

* con muchos eventos = event-filled.

* con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].

* con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.

* con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.

* con mucho trabajo = painfully.

* con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.

* con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.

* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).

* con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.

* con nervios = rib.

* con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].

* con nosotros = with us.

* con nostalgia = wistfully.

* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.

* con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.

* con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.

* con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.

* con objeto de hacer = toward(s).

* con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.

* con ocasión de = on the occasion of.

* con ojos azules = blue-eyed.

* con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.

* con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.

* con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.

* con olor a ajo = garlicky.

* con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a orina = urinous.

* con olor a polvo = dust smelling.

* con orgullo = proudly.

* con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.

* con paciencia = patiently.

* con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.

* con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.

* con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.

* con pasión = with passion, passionately.

* con patas = legged.

* con peligro de muerte = life threatening.

* con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.

* con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.

* con pequeños matices = nuanced.

* con pereza = lazily.

* con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.

* con perspicacia = perceptively.

* con pesar = with regret.

* con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.

* con picardía = slyly, wickedly.

* con pie firme = sure-footed.

* con piernas = legged.

* con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.

* con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con pleno derecho = with full rights.

* con pliegues = pleated.

* con poca claridad = indistinctly.

* con poca exactitud = loosely.

* con poca experiencia = inexperienced.

* con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.

* con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.

* con poca luz = badly-lit.

* con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.

* con poca población = thinly populated.

* con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.

* con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].

* con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.

* con poco dinero = on the cheap.

* con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.

* con pocos recursos = under-resourced.

* con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.

* con poder = powerful.

* con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.

* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.

* con posterioridad a = subsequent to.

* con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].

* con precipitación = rashly.

* con precisión = precisely.

* con preferencia = preferably.

* con preferencia sobre = in preference to.

* con prejuicios = prejudicial.

* con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.

* con principios = principled.

* con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.

* con problemas = in hot water.

* con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.

* con problemas de lectura = print disabled.

* con problemas de vista = vision impaired.

* con problemas visuales = vision impaired.

* con profusión = in profusion.

* con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.

* con provecho = with profit.

* con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].

* con rabo = caudate.

* con ráfagas de viento = blustery.

* con rapacidad = rapaciously.

* con rapidez = promptly.

* con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.

* con rebeldía = defiantly.

* con referencia = re.

* con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.

* con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.

* con regocijo = gleefully.

* con regularidad = regularly.

* con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.

* con rencor = spitefully.

* con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* con repugnancia = disgustedly.

* con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.

* con reserva = doubtfully.

* con reservas = qualified, with reservations.

* con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.

* con resolución = resolutely.

* con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.

* con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....

* con respeto = respectfully.

* con responsabilidad = responsibly.

* con retraso mental = mentally retarded.

* con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.

* con ruedas = wheeled.

* con rumbo a = bound for.

* con sabiduría = sagely.

* con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].

* con sabor a ajo = garlicky.

* con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.

* con sagacidad = shrewdly.

* con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].

* con salida al mercado = due out.

* con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.

* con satisfacción = contentedly.

* con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].

* con sed de poder = power-hungry.

* con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.

* con sede en Amér

* * *

con

prep

[ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

A

1 (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with

vive con el or su novio she lives with her boyfriend

¿quieres que hable con él? do you want me to talk to him?

está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

2

(indicando el objeto de un comportamiento, una actitud): te portaste muy mal con ellos you behaved very badly toward(s) them

se mostró muy amable (para) con nosotros he was very kind to us

he tenido mucha paciencia contigo I have been very patient with you

3 ( fam)

(yo y): eso es lo que estábamos diciendo con Lucía that's what Lucía and I were saying

4 (indicando el acompañamiento de algo) with

se sirve con arroz serve with rice

para mí con leche y sin azúcar, por favor milk and no sugar for me, please

pan con mantequilla bread and butter

5 ( Mat):

2,5 read as: dos con cinco 2.5 (léase: two point five)

B

1

(indicando una relación de simultaneidad): una cápsula con cada comida one capsule with each meal

se levanta con el alba he gets up at the crack of dawn

2

(indicando una relación de causa): ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain o while it's raining like this?

me desperté con el ruido the noise woke me

con todo lo que pasó me olvidé de llamarte what with everything that happened I forgot to ring you

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered to do it for me, which put me in an awkward position

3

(a pesar de): ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

¿cómo te olvidaste? ¡con las veces que te lo dije! how could you forget? the (number of) times I told you!

con ser tan tarde or lo tarde que es, no estoy cansada it's very late and yet I'm not at all tired, I'm not at all tired, even though it's so late

con todo (y con eso) me parece que es bueno even so o in spite of all that o all the same o nonetheless I think he's good

C (indicando el instrumento, medio, material) with

córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

agárralo con las dos manos hold it with both hands

lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo you're spoiling him with all this pampering o by pampering him so much

con estos retazos se puede hacer una colcha you can make a quilt out of these bits of material

¡caray con la niña! y parecía tan modosita well fancy that! o well would you believe it! and she seemed so demure

con + INF:

con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything

no hay necesidad de escribir, con llamarlo ya cumples there's no need to write; as long as o if you call him, that should do

¡con decirte que un café cuesta el triple que aquí! I mean, to give you an example, a cup of coffee costs three times what it costs here

con que + SUBJ:

me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy

con tal de/con tal (de) que provided (that), as long as, so long as ( colloq)

no importa cómo lo hagas con tal (de) que lo hagas it doesn't matter how you do it, just as long as you do it

con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas antes de marzo as long as o provided I get it back by March

es capaz de cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to attract attention

D

1 (indicando relaciones de modo) with

andaba con dificultad/cuidado she was walking with difficulty/with care o carefully

¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!

2

(al describir características, un estado): amaneció con fiebre he had a temperature when he woke up, he woke up with a temperature

ya estaba con dolores de parto she was already having labor pains

andaba con ganas de bronca he was looking o spoiling for a fight

con las manos en los bolsillos with his hands in his pockets

¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?

me gusta más con el pelo suelto I like her better with her hair down

una niña con ojos azules a girl with blue eyes, a blue-eyed girl

una mujer con aspecto de extranjera a foreign-looking woman

un monstruo con un solo ojo a one-eyed monster

una casa con piscina a house with a swimming pool

E

( AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario): me peino con Gerardo Gerardo does my hair

me lo mandé hacer con un sastre I had it made by a tailor

se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me

* * *

con preposición
a) ( en general) with;

◊ vive con su novio she lives with her boyfriend;

¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!;
córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissor;
amaneció con fiebre he woke up with a temperature;
hablar con algn to talk to sb;
está casada con mi primo she's married to my cousin;
portarse mal con algn to behave badly toward(s) sb;
tener paciencia con algn to be patient with sb;
pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?
b) ( indicando una relación de causa):

◊ ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain?;

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position;
con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido it's really late, he should have gone by now
c) con + inf:

◊ con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything;

con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples as long as you call him, that should do;
me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy;
See Also→ tal adverbio 2
d) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario):

◊ me peino con Gerardo Gerardo does my hair;

se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
con preposición
1 (instrumento) with
córtalo con un cuchillo, cut it with a knife
1 (modo) with: hazlo con cuidado, do it carefully
me trató con frialdad, he treated me with coldness
2 (compañía) with: está paseando con mi madre, she is taking a walk with my mother
3 (causa) con este frío no apetece salir, I don't feel like going out in this cold
4 (estado) está con una depresión de caballo, he's deeply depressed
iba con los labios pintados, she has put some lipstick on
5 (contenido) with
una caja con fotografías, a box (full) of photos
6 (relación) to: está casada con un inglés, she is married to an Englishman
habló con Alberto, he spoke to Alberto
se disculpó con ella, he apologized to her
7 (con infinitivo) con avisar les evitas el disgusto, just by phoning you'll save them any worry
(+ que + subjuntivo) basta con que lo digas, it will be enough if you just say it
♦ Locuciones: con tal (de) que..., provided that...
con todo (y con eso), even so
' con' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- abastecimiento
- abatirse
- ablandar
- abochornar
- abordar
- abrazar
- abrefácil
- abrumar
- acabar
- acanallar
- acaso
- acero
- acertar
- achicharrarse
- acierto
- aclararse
- acoger
- acosar
- acostarse
- acreditada
- acreditado
- acuerdo
- acusarse
- adelante
- adueñarse
- afortunada
- afortunado
- afrontar
- agarrar
- agenciarse
- agraciada
- agraciado
- agreste
- agua
- ahínco
- ahumar
- ahumada
- ahumado
- airosa
- airoso
- alhaja
- alinearse
- alma
- almohada
- alternar
- alzarse
- amanecer
- amiguete
- amilanarse
English:
abide
- above
- abruptly
- abstract
- accordance
- accurately
- accustom
- aching
- act
- admit
- advance
- advice
- advise
- afraid
- Afro
- ageing
- aggregate
- aggressively
- ago
- agree
- agreement
- ahead
- aim
- ale
- alive
- all
- allow for
- allowance
- ally
- alone
- along
- aloud
- amenable
- amenities
- Americana
- amusement
- and
- angel food cake
- angling
- angrily
- angry
- annoy
- antics
- apologize
- appointment
- approach
- approachable
- arbitration
- archery
- argument

* * *

con prep

1. [indica modo, manera o instrumento] with;

se cortó con un cuchillo she cut herself with a knife;

chocó con una farola he bumped into a lamppost;

vino con un taxi she came by taxi;

voy cómodo con estas botas/este jersey I'm comfortable in these boots/this sweater;

iré a la boda con un traje negro I'm going to the wedding in a black suit;

un joven con muy buenos modales a very polite young man;

andar con la cabeza alta to walk with one's head held high;

ir con prisa to be in a hurry;

actuar con timidez to behave timidly;

llover con fuerza to rain hard;

lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts;

se lo puedes decir con toda confianza you needn't worry about telling her;

trátalo con mucho cariño treat him with a lot of affection o very affectionately;

lo haré con mucho gusto it will be a pleasure for me to do it, I'll be delighted to do it;

con arreglo a la ley in accordance with the law

2. [indica compañía, relación o colaboración] with;

vive con sus padres she lives with her parents;

se escribe con gente de varios países he corresponds with people from a number of different countries;

¿con quién vas? who are you going with?;

está muy enfadado con su madre he's very angry with his mother;

está casada con mi hermano she's married to my brother;

estoy de acuerdo con ellos I agree with them;

habló con todos he spoke to everybody;

un acuerdo de colaboración con el Caribe a cooperation agreement with the Caribbean

3. [indica contenido o cualidad]
una persona con carácter a person of character;

un hombre con bigote a man with a moustache;

una bolsa con patatas a bag of potatoes;

una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents

4. [indica unión o adición]
un helado con nueces an ice cream with nuts;

un pastel con nata a cream cake;

el mío con leche, por favor I'd like milk in mine, please, I'd like mine white, please;

el total con el IVA alcanza un millón the total is a million including Br VAT o US (sales) tax;

tiene cuarenta con dos décimas de fiebre her temperature is 40.2 degrees

5. [indica estado o situación]
con buena salud in good health;

está en cama con gripe she's in bed with flu;

está con un enfado tremendo he's really angry;

el niño está con ganas de ir al baño the child wants to go to the Br toilet o US bathroom;

corría con ellos pisándome los talones I ran with them hot o hard on my heels

6. [indica causa]
el hielo se derrite con el calor ice melts when heated;

me desperté con la música del vecino I was woken up by our neighbour playing music;

con este tiempo no se puede ir de excursión we can't go out on a trip in this weather;

con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it;

con todo el trabajo que hemos tenido hoy, se me ha olvidado llamarle with all the work we've had today, I've forgotten to call her;

se entristeció con las noticias she was sad when she heard the news;

cómprales el libro, ¡con lo que les gusta leer! buy them the book, they like reading so much they'll be delighted!

7. [hacia]
para con towards;

es amable para con todos she is friendly towards o with everyone

8. (+ infinitivo) [para introducir una condición] by;

con hacerlo así by doing it this way;

con llamar ya quedarás bien you'll make a good impression just by phoning;

con llorar no consigues nada it's no good crying, crying won't get you anywhere;

con no decírselo a nadie, el secreto está garantizado if we don't tell anyone, secrecy will be guaranteed;

con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time

9. [a condición de que]
con que, con tal de que as long as;

con que llegue a tiempo me conformo I don't mind as long as he arrives on time;

te dejo el gato con tal de que le des de comer I'll let you look after the cat as long as you feed it

10. [a pesar de] in spite of;

con todo despite everything;

con todo lo raro que es, me encantan sus películas he may be weird, but I love his films, for all his weirdness, I love his films;

con lo que hemos caminado hoy, y no estoy cansado despite the fact that we've walked so far today, I'm still not tired

11. [para expresar queja o decepción]
mira que perder, ¡con lo bien que jugaste! you were unlucky to lose, you played really well!;

con lo agradable que es, y casi no tiene amigos considering how nice he is, he has surprisingly few friends

12. Am [donde]
fue a quejarse con su madre he complained to his mother;

se hace los zapatos con Ardaches she has her shoes made at Ardaches;

los domingos comen con su padre on Sundays they eat at her father's

13. Méx [tras] after;

ha trabajado día con día she's worked day after day o day in day out

* * *

con

prp

1 with;

voy con ellos I’m going with them;

pan con mantequilla bread and butter;

estar con alguien tb fig be with s.o.

2

:

con todo eso in spite of all that;

con tal de que provided that, as long as;

con hacer eso by doing that;

para con alguien to s.o., toward s.o.;

con este calor in this heat;

¡con lo que he hecho por él! after all I’ve done for him!

3

:

ser amable con alguien be kind to s.o.

* * *

con prep

1) : with

vengo con mi padre: I'm going with my father

¡con quién hablas?: who are you speaking to?

2) : in spite of

con todo: in spite of it all

3) : to, towards

ella es amable con los niños: she is kind to the children

4) : by

con llegar temprano: by arriving early

5)

con (tal) que : as long as, so long as

* * *

con prep

1. (instrumento, compañía) with

lo corté con unas tijeras I cut it with a pair of scissors

fui con unos amigos I went with some friends

2. (relación) to

hablo con todos I talk to everyone

sé amable con ella be nice to her

3. (combinación) and

chocolate con churros hot chocolate and fritters

pan con tomate bread and tomato

4. (contenido) of

una bolsa con dinero a bag of money / a bag containing money

5. (condición) by

nada se pierde con intentarlo you've got nothing to lose by trying

con decir que no te interesa, será suficiente all you need to do is say you're not interested

con lo + adjetivo but / yet

con lo caro que ha costado y no funciona bien it was very expensive, but it doesn't work

con lo inteligente que eres y suspendes you're so clever and yet you fail

Spanish-English dictionary > con
16 למד I, למד

לָמֵדI, לָמַד (b. h.) 1) to be joined, affixed to, v. Pi. 2) to accustom, train. Part. pass. לָמוּד, f. לְמוּדָה; pl. לְמוּדִים, לְמוּדִין; לְמוּדוֹת. Y.Ter.IV, 42d כמות שהוא ל׳ according to what he is used to. Lev. R. s. 4 אינה ל׳ מביתוכ׳ she is not used (to handle Trumah) from her fathers house. Dem. IV, 4 ואם … ל׳וכ׳ but if a priest or the poor are habitual guests at his table. Sifra Kdosh. Par. 3, ch. VI, v. לִימּוּד; a. fr. 3) to learn, study. Ab. II, 5 לא הביישן לָמֵדוכ׳ he who is bashful will not learn, nor can the hot-tempered teach, v. בַּיְישָׁן. Ib. IV, 1 הלוֹמֵד מכל אדם he who learns from everybody. Ib. 20 הל׳ ילד he who studies at an early age; הל׳ זקן who begins to study at an advanced age. Ib. I. 9 שמא … יִלְמְדוּ לשקר lest through them (your intricate cross-examinations) they may be led to tell a lie. Taan.7a; Macc.10a הרבה לָמַדְתִּיוכ׳ I have learned much from my teachers, more from my colleagues, and most from my pupils; a. v. fr.B. Mets.71a, a. fr. הא לָמַדְתָּ here you learn, i. e. this proves. Targ. Esth. 1:1 מכאן אתה לָמֵד from this you will learn. Pi. לִמֵּד, לִימֵּד 1) to join: to arrange. Sabb.125b צאו ולַמְּדוּם go out and place thein (the building stones) in order (for sitting thereon the next day).V. לִימּוּדִים. 2) to train, accustom. Hor.13b יְלַמֵּד אדם עצמווכ׳ man should train his body (to relieve his bowels) early in the morning Nidd.66b לעולם ילמד אדם בתוךוכ׳ man should make it a rule in his house; a. fr.Part. pass. מְלוּמָּד, f. מְלוּמֶּדֶת; pl. מְלוּמָּדִים, מְלוּמָּדִין; מְלוּמָּדוֹת trained, experienced. Snh.109a top (in Chald. dict.) דמל׳ בניסין הוא for he has experience in miracles. Taan.25a. Succ.29a מפני שמל׳ במכות הן (not במכותיהן; Ms. M. שרגילין) because they (the Jews) have experience in afflictions; a. e. 3) to teach, instruct; to argue. Keth.50a הלומד … ומְלַמְּדָהּ he who studies the Law and teaches it. Pes.112a לַמְּדֵנִי תורה teach me the Law; איני מְלַמֶּדְךָ I will not teach thee. Ib כשאתה מְלַמֵּד … לַמְּדֵהוּוכ׳. when thou teachest thy son, teach him from a revised (correct) copy. Snh.19b אהרן ילד ומשה לי׳וכ׳ Aaron begot (his sons), but Moses taught them, therefore they are recorded under his name; a. v. fr.מְלַמֵּד תינוקות primary teacher, Ib. 17b. B. Bath.21a מְלַמְּדֵי ת׳ teachers.ל׳ זכות על to argue in favor of, to plead for; ל׳ חובה to plead against. Sabb.32a ואפי׳ … מְלַמְּדִים … ואחד מלמד עליו זכות ניצול and even if nine hundred … plead against him, and one (good deed) for him, he will be saved; a. v. fr.Esp. (in textual interpret.) to lead, hint, throw light on. Sifra Emor Par. 4, ch. 4 הייתי אומר תושב … בא שכיר ולי׳ על התושבוכ׳ I might have thought toshab (Lev. 22:10) meant one hired for a limited period; therefore sakhir (ibid.) comes in to throw light on toshab that it means one bought for life; Kidd.4a; Yeb.70a.Sifra introd. יצא מן הכלל לְלַמֵּד is specified for the sake of illustration, v. כְּלָל. Meil.11b, a. fr. שני כתובים … אין מְלַמְּדִין two verses which coincide (teach the same), prove nothing, cannot serve as an illustration for similar cases; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְלַמֵּד to practice. Gitt.24b; Zeb.2b בסופרים העשויים להִתְלַמֵּדוכ׳ it treats of scribes who are in the habit of writing documents merely for practice. Gitt.60a לכתוב … להתל׳ בה to write one portion of the Pentateuch for a child for practicing purposes; a. fr.

Jewish literature > למד I, למד
17 לָמֵד

לָמֵדI, לָמַד (b. h.) 1) to be joined, affixed to, v. Pi. 2) to accustom, train. Part. pass. לָמוּד, f. לְמוּדָה; pl. לְמוּדִים, לְמוּדִין; לְמוּדוֹת. Y.Ter.IV, 42d כמות שהוא ל׳ according to what he is used to. Lev. R. s. 4 אינה ל׳ מביתוכ׳ she is not used (to handle Trumah) from her fathers house. Dem. IV, 4 ואם … ל׳וכ׳ but if a priest or the poor are habitual guests at his table. Sifra Kdosh. Par. 3, ch. VI, v. לִימּוּד; a. fr. 3) to learn, study. Ab. II, 5 לא הביישן לָמֵדוכ׳ he who is bashful will not learn, nor can the hot-tempered teach, v. בַּיְישָׁן. Ib. IV, 1 הלוֹמֵד מכל אדם he who learns from everybody. Ib. 20 הל׳ ילד he who studies at an early age; הל׳ זקן who begins to study at an advanced age. Ib. I. 9 שמא … יִלְמְדוּ לשקר lest through them (your intricate cross-examinations) they may be led to tell a lie. Taan.7a; Macc.10a הרבה לָמַדְתִּיוכ׳ I have learned much from my teachers, more from my colleagues, and most from my pupils; a. v. fr.B. Mets.71a, a. fr. הא לָמַדְתָּ here you learn, i. e. this proves. Targ. Esth. 1:1 מכאן אתה לָמֵד from this you will learn. Pi. לִמֵּד, לִימֵּד 1) to join: to arrange. Sabb.125b צאו ולַמְּדוּם go out and place thein (the building stones) in order (for sitting thereon the next day).V. לִימּוּדִים. 2) to train, accustom. Hor.13b יְלַמֵּד אדם עצמווכ׳ man should train his body (to relieve his bowels) early in the morning Nidd.66b לעולם ילמד אדם בתוךוכ׳ man should make it a rule in his house; a. fr.Part. pass. מְלוּמָּד, f. מְלוּמֶּדֶת; pl. מְלוּמָּדִים, מְלוּמָּדִין; מְלוּמָּדוֹת trained, experienced. Snh.109a top (in Chald. dict.) דמל׳ בניסין הוא for he has experience in miracles. Taan.25a. Succ.29a מפני שמל׳ במכות הן (not במכותיהן; Ms. M. שרגילין) because they (the Jews) have experience in afflictions; a. e. 3) to teach, instruct; to argue. Keth.50a הלומד … ומְלַמְּדָהּ he who studies the Law and teaches it. Pes.112a לַמְּדֵנִי תורה teach me the Law; איני מְלַמֶּדְךָ I will not teach thee. Ib כשאתה מְלַמֵּד … לַמְּדֵהוּוכ׳. when thou teachest thy son, teach him from a revised (correct) copy. Snh.19b אהרן ילד ומשה לי׳וכ׳ Aaron begot (his sons), but Moses taught them, therefore they are recorded under his name; a. v. fr.מְלַמֵּד תינוקות primary teacher, Ib. 17b. B. Bath.21a מְלַמְּדֵי ת׳ teachers.ל׳ זכות על to argue in favor of, to plead for; ל׳ חובה to plead against. Sabb.32a ואפי׳ … מְלַמְּדִים … ואחד מלמד עליו זכות ניצול and even if nine hundred … plead against him, and one (good deed) for him, he will be saved; a. v. fr.Esp. (in textual interpret.) to lead, hint, throw light on. Sifra Emor Par. 4, ch. 4 הייתי אומר תושב … בא שכיר ולי׳ על התושבוכ׳ I might have thought toshab (Lev. 22:10) meant one hired for a limited period; therefore sakhir (ibid.) comes in to throw light on toshab that it means one bought for life; Kidd.4a; Yeb.70a.Sifra introd. יצא מן הכלל לְלַמֵּד is specified for the sake of illustration, v. כְּלָל. Meil.11b, a. fr. שני כתובים … אין מְלַמְּדִין two verses which coincide (teach the same), prove nothing, cannot serve as an illustration for similar cases; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְלַמֵּד to practice. Gitt.24b; Zeb.2b בסופרים העשויים להִתְלַמֵּדוכ׳ it treats of scribes who are in the habit of writing documents merely for practice. Gitt.60a לכתוב … להתל׳ בה to write one portion of the Pentateuch for a child for practicing purposes; a. fr.

Jewish literature > לָמֵד
18 ὄνομα

ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).

① proper name of an entity, name

ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)

ⓑ used w. verbs

α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.

β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to

ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.

ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.³ 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III⁴ 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus

α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).

β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.

γ. used w. prepositions

א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.

ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.

ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.

ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.

ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.

ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).

ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.

ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.

δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.

② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.

③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).

④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).

⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

См. также в других словарях:

The Man Who Planted Trees — (French title L homme qui plantait des arbres), also known as The Story of Elzéard Bouffier , The Most Extraordinary Character I Ever Met , and The Man Who Planted Hope and Reaped Happiness , is an allegorical tale by French author Jean Giono,… … Wikipedia
The Man Who Ate the Phoenix — Infobox Book | name = The Man Who Ate the Phoenix title orig = translator = image caption = author = Lord Dunsany cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English series = genre = Fantasy short stories publisher = Jarrolds release date … Wikipedia
Mr. Monk and the Man Who Shot Santa Claus — Monk episode Monk and Captain Stottlemeyer watch as Kenworthy is carried on a stretcher to a waiting ambulance … Wikipedia
Esther… The Girl Who Became Queen — Infobox Film name = Esther... The Girl Who Became Queen caption = DVD cover writer = Mike Nawrocki, Phil Vischer director = Mike Nawrocki distributor = Sony Wonder producer = Jennifer Combs starring = Phil Vischer, Mike Nawrocki, Jessica Kaplan,… … Wikipedia
The Little Mermaid (1993 film) — Infobox Film name = The Little Mermaid director = Masakazu Higuchi Chinami Namba producer = Diane Eskenazi writer = Hans Christian Andersen (original author) Jack Olesker starring = distributor =GoodTimes Entertainment released=1993 (USA) runtime … Wikipedia
The Man in Grey (novel) — Infobox Book | name = The Man in Grey title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of the 1918 First Edition author = Baroness Orczy illustrator = cover artist = country = UK language = English series = genre = Historical novel publisher =… … Wikipedia
The Man with the Golden Touch — infobox Book | name = The Man with the Golden Touch title orig = Az arany ember translator = image caption = author = Mór Jókai illustrator = cover artist = country = Hungary language = Hungarian series = genre = publisher = release date = 1872… … Wikipedia
The Guess Who — Not to be confused with The Who. The Guess Who The Guess Who, 2008 Background information Also known as The Silvertones The Reflections Chad Allan and th … Wikipedia
The Little Mermaid (1989 film) — The Little Mermaid (Disney) redirects here. For the franchise, see The Little Mermaid (franchise). The Little Mermaid … Wikipedia
The Little French Lawyer — is a Jacobean era stage play, a comedy written by John Fletcher and Philip Massinger. It was initially published in the first Beaumont and Fletcher folio of 1647.DateDefinite information on the play s date of authorship and early performance… … Wikipedia
The Golden Path (TV series) — Infobox Television show name = The Golden Path (黄金路) caption = Title card for The Golden Path genre = Modern Drama format = runtime = approx. 45 minutes creator = director = producer = writer = starring = Chen Liping Li Nanxing Tay Ping Hui… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

the man who saved my life

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

the man who saved my life

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: